WO2019026549A1 - Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device - Google Patents

Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019026549A1
WO2019026549A1 PCT/JP2018/025786 JP2018025786W WO2019026549A1 WO 2019026549 A1 WO2019026549 A1 WO 2019026549A1 JP 2018025786 W JP2018025786 W JP 2018025786W WO 2019026549 A1 WO2019026549 A1 WO 2019026549A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
sensitive
represented
radiation
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/025786
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
大輔 浅川
研由 後藤
雅史 小島
啓太 加藤
恵士 山本
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2019534003A priority Critical patent/JP7053625B2/en
Publication of WO2019026549A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019026549A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing an electronic device.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a radiation sensitive resin composition containing an acid-dissociable group-containing polymer having a predetermined repeating unit.
  • the present inventors examined the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition specifically described in the example section of Patent Document 1, and it was formed by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. It was found that there is room for improvement with regard to the exposure latitude (EL) of the resist film and the fluctuation of the pattern line width (LWR) of the resist film.
  • EL exposure latitude
  • LWR pattern line width
  • R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by General Formula (R) to be described later
  • L 1 is a group represented by General Formula (A) to be described later
  • the resin further has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units having a lactone group, and repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group
  • the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [8] to [8].
  • a resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [9].
  • a resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], and exposure for exposing the resist film A pattern forming method comprising: a process; and a development process of developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of obtaining a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the present invention will be described in detail. Although the description of the configuration requirements described below may be made based on the representative embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent together with a group having no substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • organic group refers to a group having at least one carbon atom.
  • actinic ray or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far-ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV light), X-ray, and electron beam ( EB: Electron Beam) means etc.
  • light means actinic radiation or radiation.
  • exposure means not only exposure by the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams. And, drawing by particle beam such as ion beam is also included.
  • “to” is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate refers to acrylate and methacrylate.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • Mn dispersion degree
  • Mw / Mn dispersion degree
  • a resin GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC- manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
  • GPC measurement solvent: tetrahydrofuran
  • flow rate sample injection amount
  • flow rate sample injection amount
  • column TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • column temperature 40 ° C.
  • flow rate 1.0 mL / min
  • detector differential refraction It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
  • the bonding direction of the divalent group (eg, -COO-) described in the present specification is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • M is -COO- in the compound represented by the general formula "LMN”
  • the position bonded to the L side is * 1
  • the position bonded to the N side In the case of * 2, M may be * 1-O-CO- * 2 or * 1-CO-O- * 2.
  • an organic group refers to a group having a carbon atom.
  • a hydrocarbon group and a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom can be mentioned.
  • composition Actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition” or “composition of the present invention”) of the present invention will be described.
  • the composition of the present invention is a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the characteristic point of the composition of the present invention is that it contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) described later.
  • a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance can be formed (hereinafter, such a property of the composition of the present invention is simply referred to as “effect of the present invention It is also called ").
  • effect of the present invention It is also called ").
  • the details of this mechanism are not clear, but are presumed as follows.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) described later which the composition of the present invention has the mobility of the main chain is reduced by the introduction of a ring structure to the main chain of the resin, The glass transition point (Tg) is improved.
  • the interaction between the groups is increased, and the effect of improving Tg is further increased.
  • the solubility of the resin decreases, and the diffusion of the acid generated by the exposure from the photoacid generator can be appropriately suppressed, and as a result, the resist film made of the composition of the present invention exhibits excellent development contrast. It is presumed that the effects of the invention can be realized.
  • composition of the present invention comprises a resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by the general formula (2) .
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the general formula (A), or an organic group other than the group represented by the above general formula (A) And at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents a group represented by the above general formula (A).
  • R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom or a hydrogen atom. * Represents a bonding position.
  • At least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by the above general formula (A), and one of R 3 and R 4 may be a group represented by the above general formula (A) And both may be groups represented by the above general formula (A).
  • the other one represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than the group represented by the general formula (A).
  • both of R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by the above general formula (A) and the group represented by L 1 described later has one hetero atom
  • two general groups At least one of the two R's in the group represented by formula (A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
  • an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, a tellurium atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, and a boron atom are mentioned, for example.
  • an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable, and an oxygen atom is more preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 one is preferably a hydrogen atom and the other is a group represented by the general formula (A), or both are preferably a group represented by the general formula (A), both It is more preferable that it is a group represented by general formula (A).
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. At least one of R 3 and R 4 is preferably an organic group, and either of R 3 and R 4 may be an organic group, and both may be an organic group.
  • the organic group represented by R 3 and R 4 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
  • a hetero atom an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, a tellurium atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, and a boron atom are mentioned, for example.
  • an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable, and an oxygen atom is more preferable.
  • the oxygen atom cooperate with the carbon atom to form an ester group, and the ester group is directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2). preferable.
  • a hydrogen atom or another organic group be bonded to the main chain via the ester group.
  • a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom is preferable. That is, the organic group represented by R 3 and R 4 is preferably a group represented by general formula (A). In the case where both R 3 and R 4 are a group represented by the above general formula (A) and the group represented by L 2 described later has one hetero atom, two of the above general groups It is preferable that at least one of two R in the group represented by Formula (A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
  • hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom which is represented by R in general formula (A) may have an alkyl group which may have a hetero atom, and a hetero atom
  • R in general formula (A) a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom which is represented by R in general formula (A)
  • it may have an alkyl group which may have a hetero atom, and a hetero atom
  • a good alkenyl group and an alkynyl group which may have a hetero atom can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
  • the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may or may not have a cyclic structure.
  • the above-mentioned alicyclic group constitutes a part of the acid-eliminating group Is preferred.
  • the group represented by General Formula (A) is preferably a group represented by General Formula (R) shown below. It is preferable that at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by General Formula (R), and at least one of R 3 and R 4 is a group represented by General Formula (R).
  • the composition of the present invention is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by the general formula (R), and R 3 and R 4
  • the resin (A) has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by the general formula (2) in which at least one of the groups is a group represented by the general formula (R) preferable.
  • the general formula (1) it is more preferable that both of R 1 and R 2 be a group represented by the general formula (R).
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkali-degradable group, or an acid-leaving group. More specifically, R 5 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom and which is alkali-degradable, or a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom. And a group exhibiting acid releasability. Among them, R 5 is preferably an alkali-degradable group or an acid-eliminable group from the viewpoint that the LWR performance of the pattern is more excellent. Further, R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkali-degradable group from the viewpoint of more excellent sensitivity of the resist film. That is, R 5 is more preferably an alkali-degradable group.
  • an alkali-degradable group is a group which is decomposed by the action of an alkaline solution to increase the solubility in the alkaline solution.
  • a group having a lactone group for example, a hydrocarbon group having a lactone group
  • a group having a sultone group for example, a hydrocarbon group having a sultone group
  • a group having a carbonate group for example, a carbonate group (preferably cyclic)
  • a hydrocarbon group having a carbonate group) and a group having an acid anhydride group eg, a hydrocarbon group having an acid anhydride group
  • groups having a carbonate group preferably, a cyclic carbonate group
  • R 5 is an alkali-degradable group
  • the group represented by general formula (R) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (R ′).
  • Ab-V in the general formula (R ′) corresponds to R 5 in the general formula (R).
  • Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic group, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, or a divalent linking group combining these.
  • Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 2).
  • V represents a lactone group, a sultone group or a cyclic carbonate group.
  • the lactone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group.
  • a group in which another ring is fused to a 5- to 7-membered lactone group in a form of forming a bicyclo ring or spiro ring is more preferable.
  • Specific examples thereof include groups in which one hydrogen atom has been removed from the lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). 1) From the structure represented by General Formula (LC1-4), General Formula (LC1-5), General Formula (LC1-8), General Formula (LC1-16), or General Formula (LC1-21) The group which removed one hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • the sultone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered sultone group.
  • a group in which another ring is fused to a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone group to form a bicyclo ring or a spiro ring is more preferable.
  • Specific examples thereof include groups in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a sultone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3).
  • a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the structure represented by -1) is preferable.
  • the lactone and sultone groups may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • a substituent (Rb 2 ) an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, A halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group or the like is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cyano group is more preferable.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4; When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Moreover, two or more substituents (Rb 2 ) may be combined to form a ring. In addition, the lactone group and the sultone group may have an acid-degradable group described later as a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the structure represented by the following general formula is preferable.
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. Among them, the above-mentioned alkylene group is preferably linear.
  • the carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 2.
  • the acid-degradable group refers to a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity.
  • the acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group which is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid (acid-releasable group).
  • R 5 is the above-mentioned acid leaving group, and in this case, the group represented by General Formula (R) forms an acid decomposable group.
  • the group represented by the general formula (R) forms an acid decomposable group, the sensitivity of the resist film to be formed tends to decrease.
  • the group represented by the general formula (R) is a group represented by the following general formula (R ′ ′) preferable.
  • R c corresponds to R 5 in the general formula (R).
  • the above-mentioned -R c is -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), or -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) Represents (OR 39 ).
  • Each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • Each of R 01 and R 02 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group and a sec- A butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group and a tricyclodecanyl group, Examples thereof include tetracyclododecyl group, and androstanyl group.
  • at least one or more carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group Can be mentioned.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group. preferable.
  • L 1 and L 2 in the general formula (1) are a divalent linking group having one or more hetero atoms
  • L 1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent. A part of carbon atoms in the alkylene group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom. The substituent may have a hetero atom.
  • the group represented by L 1 has one or more hetero atoms.
  • both of R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) are a group represented by the above general formula (A), and the hetero atom contained in the group represented by L 1 is 1
  • at least one of two R in the two groups represented by the above general formula (A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
  • both of R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) are a group represented by the above general formula (A), and two of the two groups represented by the above general formula (A)
  • the hetero atom represented by L 1 has 2 or more hetero atoms.
  • L 1 and L 2 may be a linking group in which an alkylene group and an alkylene group are linked via a hetero atom.
  • L 2 in the general formula (2) represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent. A part of carbon atoms in the alkylene group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom. The substituent may have a hetero atom.
  • the group represented by L 2 has one or more hetero atoms.
  • Alkylene groups, represented by L 1 and L 2 combine at each end with the two carbon atoms specified in the formula to form a cyclic group.
  • the group having a hetero atom may be a hetero atom itself.
  • L 1 and L 2 are preferably a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a divalent linking group containing a halogen atom, and among them, the hetero atom contained in L 1 and L 2 is an oxygen atom , A nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the group represented by L 1 and L 2 has a hetero atom, and a part of carbon atoms in the chain of the alkylene group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom, and the alkylene group has The substituent may have a hetero atom.
  • the group having a hetero atom is preferably an ether group, from the viewpoint that the LWR performance of the pattern is more excellent.
  • the hetero atom is preferably combined with the carbon atom to form an ester group, and more preferably to form a group represented by the above general formula (A).
  • the carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and still more preferably 2.
  • the number of carbon atoms does not include the number of hetero atoms that the alkylene group has in the chain and the number of carbon atoms that the substituent that the alkylene group has has.
  • the number of atoms constituting these rings does not include the number of atoms possessed by the substituent.
  • an alkylene group has a substituent
  • the type of substituent is not particularly limited, and may have a hetero atom as described above.
  • a group represented by general formula (A) is preferable from the viewpoint that the LWR performance of the pattern is more excellent.
  • the alkylene group has a group represented by General Formula (A)
  • the alkylene group more preferably has two or more (preferably, 2 to 4) groups represented by General Formula (A), and 2 It is more preferable to have one.
  • the groups represented by a plurality of general formulas (A) may be the same or different.
  • R 1 and R 2 (or R 3 and R 4 ) have the general formula (R) It is more preferable that it is a group represented by).
  • R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by the general formula (R), and a group in which L 1 has two groups represented by the general formula (A) Is preferred.
  • R 3 and R 4 are groups represented by the general formula (R), and L 2 is a group having two groups represented by the general formula (A) It is also preferable to be present.
  • R in general formula (A) is a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom. The preferable aspect of the hydrocarbon group which may have such a hetero atom is as above-mentioned, and an alkali degradable group or acid-releasable group as represented by R 5 in General formula (R) May be formed.
  • alkylene group which may be substituted represented by L 1 and L 2 be represented by General Formula (L) shown below.
  • n each independently represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 1, and still more preferably 1. Note that at least one of two n's represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • Z represents a group having a hetero atom.
  • Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. At least one of Y 1 and Y 2 represents a substituent having a hetero atom.
  • a group represented by formula (A) is preferable, and a group represented by —S (SO) 2 -alkyl group or a group represented by formula (A) is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group that Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 may have (including the case where Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 are alkyl groups themselves) preferably has 1 to 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably It may have a substituent (preferably a halogen atom, more preferably -F).
  • Z is preferably an ether group or —C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 ) — in which Y 1 and Y 2 are each represented by general formula (A), and —C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 ) And Y 1 and Y 2 are more preferably a group represented by formula (A).
  • Z is -C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 )-and Y 1 and Y 2 are a group represented by general formula (A)
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are a group represented by general formula (A)
  • the groups represented may be the same or different.
  • R in the general formula (A) which can be represented by Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 is preferably a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom.
  • the preferable aspect of the hydrocarbon group which may have such a hetero atom is as above-mentioned, and an alkali degradable group or acid-releasable group as represented by R 5 in General formula (R) May be formed.
  • Resin (A) may have the repeating unit represented by General formula (1) or (2) individually by 1 type, and may have it in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, 5 to 70 with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the mole% is preferable, 5 to 60 mole% is more preferable, and 10 to 50 mole% is more preferable.
  • the said content is total amount of these. is there.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably, for example, a repeating unit derived from a cyclopolymerizable monomer. More specifically, it is obtained, for example, by cyclopolymerization of a diene monomer. Moreover, resin (A) may have other repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by General formula (1) or (2).
  • the resin (A) further has a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, still more preferably a methyl group.
  • L 3 represents a divalent linking group which may have a substituent.
  • L 3 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, or a divalent linking group combining these, and a carbonyl group, an -alkylene group, a -carbonyl group, an -arylene group, a -carbonyl group,- An ester group-alkylene group-carbonyl group- is more preferable, and a carbonyl group is more preferable.
  • the said alkylene group and arylene group may have a substituent, and a halogen atom is preferable as a substituent.
  • X represents an acid leaving group and has the same meaning as R c described in the general formula (R ′ ′) described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • examples of -L 3 -OX include the groups shown as specific examples of the group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (R ′ ′).
  • Resin (A) may have the repeating unit represented by General formula (3) individually by 1 type, and may use it in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid decomposable group represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, based on all repeating units of the resin (A). And 30 to 80 mol% are more preferable.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of lactone groups, sultone groups, and carbonate groups.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group referred to herein is a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1) or (2) and having a lactone group (in particular, Repeating units other than the repeating unit having a group represented by ') are intended.
  • lactone group and the sultone group are the same as the lactone group and the sultone group which can be V described in the general formula (R ′), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group As a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
  • A represents an ester group (-COO-) or an amido group (-CONH-).
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent, or a combination thereof. When a plurality of R 0 exist, R 0 may be the same or different.
  • Z represents a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, an amido group, a urethane group or a urea group. When a plurality of Z are present, Z may be the same or different. As Z, an ether group or an ester group is preferable, and an ester group is more preferable.
  • R 8 represents a lactone group or a sultone group.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate group.
  • a carbonate group a cyclic carbonate group is preferable.
  • a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1) is preferable.
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Resin (A) is a repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group, as described in paragraph ⁇ 0370> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferable to have the repeating unit described in ⁇ 0414>.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group by one type alone, and two or more types may be used in combination You may have.
  • the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material of the resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group is 5 to 70% by mole based on all repeating units in the resin (A). Preferably, it is 10 to 65 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%. In addition, said content is the quantity which totaled each, when multiple repeating units which have at least 1 sort (s) of groups selected from the group which consists of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group exist.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a polar group.
  • a polar group a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, or a fluorinated alcohol group etc. are mentioned.
  • the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic group substituted by a polar group.
  • resin (A) is a repeating unit which has a polar group, Comprising: It is preferable to have a repeating unit which does not have an acid degradable group.
  • an alicyclic group in the alicyclic group substituted by the polar group an adamantyl group or a norbornane group is preferable.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a polar group singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 25 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group. It is preferable that the repeating unit which has neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group has an alicyclic group. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group include the repeating units described in paragraphs ⁇ 0236> to ⁇ 0237> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0026083A1. Preferred examples of monomers corresponding to repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group are shown below.
  • the resin (A) may have a single type of repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group, and may have two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit having neither an acid decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) has dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, or, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating unit, resolution, heat resistance, or sensitivity which are generally necessary characteristics of resists. You may have various repeating units for the purpose of adjusting etc. Such repeating units include, but are not limited to, repeating units corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
  • the predetermined monomer for example, an addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc.
  • an addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc.
  • addition polymerizable unsaturated compounds copolymerizable with the monomers corresponding to the above-mentioned various repeating structural units may be used.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set to adjust various performances.
  • the resin (A) substantially does not have an aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmittance. More specifically, the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A), and ideally Is more preferably 0 mol%, that is, it does not have a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic group.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less based on all repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. More preferably, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • a repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxy group a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit is mentioned.
  • the resin (A) is a group from which the hydrogen atom of the phenolic hydroxy group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of acid (acid releasability It is preferable to have a structure protected by (group).
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the resin (A) is preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 40 to 100 mol%, with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). And 50 to 100 mol% are more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and 3,000 to 11,000. Particularly preferred.
  • the dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and still more preferably 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
  • Resin (A) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the resin (A) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but 10% by mass or more is preferable, 20% by mass or more is more preferable, 40 to 99.5% by mass is preferable, -99% by mass is more preferable, and 80-97% by mass is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter also referred to as "photoacid generator (C)").
  • the photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation.
  • a compound capable of generating an organic acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation is preferable. Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
  • photoacid generator known compounds which generate an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0323> to ⁇ 0402> of the specification can be suitably used as the photoacid generator (C).
  • the compound represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), or general formula (ZIII) is preferable, for example.
  • Each of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 independently represents an organic group.
  • the carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by bonding of two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2- .
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the compounds (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound (ZI-3) and the corresponding groups in the compound (ZI-4) described later. It can be mentioned.
  • the photoacid generator (C) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), the another compound represented by formula (ZI) of R 201 ⁇ R 203 at least one and is, It may be a compound having a structure linked via a single bond or a linking group.
  • the compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • the arylsulfonium compound all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compounds include triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group of 15 is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R201 to R203 are each independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, It may have 6 to 14 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxy group or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
  • the compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which each of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring having a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Each of R201 to R203 independently is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and is a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or An alkoxycarbonylmethyl group is more preferable, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is more preferable.
  • R 201 to R 203 As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group, and a pentyl group and the like, and a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group) are preferable.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxy Represents a group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y respectively combine to form a ring structure
  • Each ring structure may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond or an amide bond.
  • the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring in which two or more of these rings are combined.
  • the ring structure is usually a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • Zc - represents an anion.
  • the compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
  • R 14 represents a group having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When a plurality of R 14 are present, they may be the same or different. Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may bond to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group or a t-butyl group.
  • each of R 204 to R 207 independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group or a pentyl group
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a norbornyl group
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents which the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 carbon atoms) And 15), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, and a phenylthio group.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the anion represented by is preferable.
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10;
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the carbon number of this alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf be a fluorine atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the general formula (3).
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • L may be the same or different.
  • -COO -, - CONH -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group -, or, -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, or, -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • W represents an organic group having a cyclic structure.
  • cyclic organic groups are preferable.
  • a cyclic organic group an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group are mentioned, for example.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • monocyclic alicyclic group monocyclic cycloalkyl groups, such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group, are mentioned, for example.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of this aryl group include phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group, and anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycycle can suppress the diffusion of acid more.
  • the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • the hetero ring having no aromaticity includes, for example, tetrahydropyran ring, lactone ring, sultone ring, and decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and sultone ring include lactone group and sultone group exemplified in the above-mentioned resin.
  • the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • an alkyl group which may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • a cycloalkyl group including, for example, single ring and multiple ring (eg, spiro ring) is also included.
  • C 3-20 are preferable
  • an aryl group preferably having a carbon number of 6 14
  • a hydroxy group an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, and a thioether group.
  • the carbon atom (carbon atom which contributes to ring formation) which comprises cyclic organic group may be a carbon atom which forms a carbonyl group.
  • SO 3 -- CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W SO 3 -- CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W or, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH (CF 3 ) -OCO- (L) q'-W is preferred.
  • L, q, and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
  • the anion represented by formula (4) is also preferred.
  • Each of X B1 and X B2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Each of X B3 and X B4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Is preferably at least one of X B3 and X B4 are an organic group having a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably both X B3 and X B4 are an organic group having a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
  • Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and, Z in formula (ZI-4) - is a benzenesulfonate anion It is also preferable that it is a benzenesulfonic acid anion substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a (D-B) group.
  • substituent which may further have a fluorine atom and a hydroxy group.
  • N represents an integer of 0 or more. As n, 1 to 4 is preferable, 2 to 3 is more preferable, and 3 is more preferable.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group
  • D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
  • B is more preferably isopropyl or cyclohexyl.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer. Also, the form of the low molecular weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound. When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator When the photoacid generator is in a form incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) described above, or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A) .
  • a photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the photoacid generator in the composition (the total amount of the multiple types, if any) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, 0.5 to 25% by mass Is more preferable, 3 to 20% by mass is further preferable, and 3 to 17% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the photoacid generator contains a compound represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4), the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition
  • the total amount is preferably 5 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 7 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent (G) described later
  • the composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin (B) having a phenolic hydroxy group (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (B)”) Is preferred.
  • the resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxy group. In this case, typically, a negative pattern is suitably formed.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) may be in a form supported by the resin (B).
  • the resin (B) may have the acid-degradable group described above.
  • repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxy group which resin (B) has, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) is preferable.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), or a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • B ' represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar ' represents an aromatic ring group.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • Resin (B) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the resin (B) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but generally 30% by mass or more in many cases, preferably 40 to 99% by mass, and 50 to 90% by mass Is more preferable, and 50 to 85% by mass is more preferable.
  • resins disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0142> to ⁇ 0347> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 A1 can be suitably mentioned.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion control agent (D).
  • the acid diffusion control agent (D) traps an acid generated from a photoacid generator or the like at the time of exposure, and acts as a quencher to suppress the reaction of the acid decomposable resin in the unexposed area by the extra generated acid.
  • a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or disappears upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a relatively weak acid to an acid generator, a nitrogen atom And an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • known acid diffusion control agents can be suitably used.
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0627> to ⁇ 0664> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1; paragraphs ⁇ 0095> to ⁇ 0187> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544 A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0237190 A1 The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0403> to ⁇ 0423> of the specification and paragraphs ⁇ 0259> to ⁇ 0328> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 are suitable as the acid diffusion control agent (D) It can be used for
  • the basic compound (DA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 which may be the same or different, each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms), or And an aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may bond to each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 which may be the same or different, each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may not be substituted.
  • As the alkyl group having a substituent as the alkyl group having a substituent, an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) is more preferably unsubstituted.
  • the basic compound (DA) is preferably guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkyl morpholine or piperidine, and the like, and has an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure. More preferred are a compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxy group and / or an ether bond, or an aniline derivative having a hydroxy group and / or an ether bond.
  • Basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (Hereafter, it is also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group and decomposes upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to reduce the proton acceptor property, to disappear, or to protonic acid. It is a compound that changes from septic to acidic.
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, and is, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or ⁇ conjugated
  • the nitrogen atom having a noncovalent electron pair not contributing to the ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
  • Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (DB) decomposes upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generates a compound which has been changed from the proton acceptor property to the acidity.
  • the reduction or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, specifically Means that, when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in its chemical equilibrium is reduced.
  • the proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ 1, more preferably ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1, It is more preferable to satisfy 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ -3.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined, for example, in Chemical Handbook (II) (revised 4th edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.).
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinite dilution aqueous solution.
  • a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values can also be obtained by calculation using the following software package 1. All the pKa values described in the present specification indicate values calculated by using this software package.
  • an onium salt (DC) that is relatively weak to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the photoacid generator is irradiated with an actinic ray or radiation.
  • the weak acid is released by salt exchange to form an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged to a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, the acid is apparently inactivated to control the acid diffusion.
  • R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (but carbon adjacent to S) Is a fluorine atom is not substituted
  • R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group
  • each M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented as M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZII).
  • a compound having a cation site and an anion site in the same molecule and a cation site and an anion site linked by a covalent bond (the onium salt (DC) to be a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator
  • DCA the onium salt
  • the compound (DCA) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking a cation site and an anion site.
  • -X - it is, -COO -, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -, and, N - represents the anion moiety selected from -R 4.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and L 1 may be combined with each other to form a ring structure.
  • two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to represent one divalent substituent, which may be bonded to an N atom by a double bond.
  • an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a cycloalkylamino group A carbonyl group, and an arylamino carbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • it is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and the like
  • the group etc. which combine 2 or more types are mentioned, An alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or the group formed by combining 2 or more types of these is preferable.
  • the low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has a group leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom It is preferable that it is an amine derivative which it has.
  • a group leaving by the action of an acid an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxy group or a hemiaminal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group is more preferable. preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and still more preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • Each R b independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), and an aralkyl group (Preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • R b may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R b are each independently functional groups such as hydroxy group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group, oxo group and the like, and alkoxy groups Or may be substituted by a halogen atom.
  • R b a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
  • Alicyclic hydrocarbon, aromatic hydrocarbon, heterocyclic hydrocarbon, and its derivative etc. are mentioned as a ring which two R b mutually connects and forms.
  • Specific examples of the structure of the group represented by Formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0466> of US Patent Publication No. US 2012/0135348 A1.
  • the compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • R b has the same meaning as R b in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the alkyl group as R a, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and aralkyl group each independently, alkyl groups as R b, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and, an aralkyl group It may be substituted by the same group as the group described above as the group which may be substituted.
  • the onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part is preferably a compound having a basic site having a nitrogen atom in the cation part.
  • the basic moiety is preferably an amino group, more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly linked to the nitrogen atom.
  • Preferred specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0309408 A1.
  • an acid diffusion control agent (D) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) in the composition (the total amount of the multiple species, if any) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, 0.1 to 10 5 mass% is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin different from the resins (A) and (B).
  • the composition of the present invention can control the static and / or dynamic contact angle on the surface of the resist film. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, and reduce immersion defects.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be localized on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and polar substances and nonpolar substances It does not have to contribute to uniformly mixing.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of "fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of localization to the film surface. It is preferable that it is resin which has a repeating unit which has at least 1 sort.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) has a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, It may be contained in the chain.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) When the hydrophobic resin (E) has a fluorine atom, it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom Is preferred.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) ( (Alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, And alkylsulfonyl) methylene groups and the like.
  • a fluorinated alcohol group preferably hexafluoroisopropanol
  • a sulfoneimide group or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is
  • alkali degradable group (y) examples include lactone group, carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), acid anhydride group (-C (O) OC (O)-), acid Imido group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate group (-OSO 2 O-), and sulfonate group (- SO 2 O-) and the like can be mentioned, and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-) is preferable.
  • repeating unit containing these groups it is a repeating unit which these groups are directly couple
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduced at the end of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
  • a repeating unit which has a lactone group the repeating unit similar to the repeating unit which has the lactone structure previously demonstrated by the term of resin (A) is mentioned, for example.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an alkali-degradable group (y) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). 95 mol% is more preferred.
  • action of an acid in hydrophobic resin (E) includes the repeating unit similar to the repeating unit which has an acid degradable group mentioned by resin (A).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing under the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). And 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may further have another repeating unit other than the above-described repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit having a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 30 to 100% by mole, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Further, the repeating unit having a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 20 to 100% by mole, relative to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, particularly when the hydrophobic resin (E) has a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially constituted only by a repeating unit constituted only by an atom selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of the remaining monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
  • the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
  • hydrophobic resin (E) well-known resin can be suitably selected and used as an individual or a mixture thereof.
  • repeating units disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0177> to ⁇ 0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190 A1 are also preferable as repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • Hydrophobic resin (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. It is preferable to use a mixture of two or more types of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energy, from the viewpoint of achieving both the immersion liquid followability and the development characteristics in immersion exposure.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, with respect to the total solid content in the composition of the present invention.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
  • known resist solvents can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0665> to ⁇ 0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1; paragraphs ⁇ 0210> to ⁇ 0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1 Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0424> to ⁇ 0426> of the specification and paragraphs ⁇ 0357> to ⁇ 0366> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0274458 A1 can be suitably used.
  • solvents examples include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10), Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonates, alkyl alkoxyacetates and alkyl pyruvates.
  • a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
  • the solvent having a hydroxy group and the solvent having no hydroxy group the above-mentioned exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected.
  • a solvent having a hydroxy group alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is preferable. More preferable.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxy propionate, monoketone compound which may have a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxy propionate, More preferred is cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone.
  • PMEA propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate
  • ethyl ethoxy propionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent having no hydroxy group.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxy group to the solvent having no hydroxy group is usually 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and 20/80 to 60 / 40 is more preferred.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxy group is preferred in view of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate alone or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a compound which crosslinks the resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinking agent (G)).
  • a well-known compound can be used suitably as a crosslinking agent (G).
  • known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0379> to ⁇ 0431> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147154 A1 and in paragraphs ⁇ 0064> to ⁇ 0141> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 A1. Can be suitably used as the crosslinking agent (G).
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is a compound having a crosslinkable group capable of crosslinking the resin, and as the crosslinkable group, a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring group And oxetane ring groups and the like.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring group, or an oxetane ring group.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinkable groups.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, a urea compound (a compound having a urea structure), or a melamine compound (a compound having a melamine structure).
  • a crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom
  • a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom
  • composition of the present invention contains a surfactant
  • a surfactant when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, a pattern with less adhesion and development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution.
  • the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • other surfactants other than fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
  • the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (E) is increased. As a result, the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the ability to follow water during immersion exposure is improved.
  • composition of the present invention may further contain an acid multiplier, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a dissolution accelerator, and the like.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and still more preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the thickness of the resist film made of the composition of the present invention is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. 20 nm or more is preferable and, as for the minimum of the film thickness of a resist film, 40 nm or more is more preferable. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and adjusting the coating property or the film forming property.
  • the composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering it, and then applying it on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • a predetermined organic solvent preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent
  • 0.05 micrometer or less is more preferable, and 0.03 micrometer or less is more preferable.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • cyclic filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel.
  • the composition may also be filtered multiple times.
  • the composition may be subjected to a degassing treatment and the like before and after the filter filtration.
  • the composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which changes its property in response to irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention can be used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, manufacture of circuit substrates such as liquid crystals or thermal heads, preparation of imprint mold structures, other photofabrication processes, or lithographic printing plates About.
  • the pattern formed using the composition of the present invention can be used in an etching process, an ion implantation process, a bump electrode formation process, a rewiring formation process, or MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems).
  • the present invention also relates to a method of forming a pattern using the above actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention will be described.
  • the resist film (the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) of the present invention is also described.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention is (I) forming a resist film on a support using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above (film forming step (resist film forming step)), (Ii) exposing the resist film (irradiating with an actinic ray or radiation) (exposure step), and (Iii) developing the exposed resist film with a developer (developing step).
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the above steps (i) to (iii), and may further have the following steps.
  • the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) a preheating (PB: PreBake) step before (ii) the exposure step.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (v) a post exposure baking (PEB) step after (ii) the exposure step and (iii) before the development step.
  • PEB post exposure baking
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention may include (ii) multiple exposure steps.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention may include (iv) a preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
  • the above-described (i) film formation step, (ii) exposure step, and (iii) development step can be performed by generally known methods.
  • a resist underlayer film for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and antireflective film
  • SOG Spin On Glass
  • SOC Spin On Carbon
  • antireflective film As a material which comprises a resist underlayer film, a well-known organic type or inorganic type material is used suitably.
  • a protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • a well-known material is suitably used as a protective film.
  • composition for protective film formation disclosed by US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be suitably used.
  • a composition for protective film formation the composition for protective film formation containing the acid diffusion control agent mentioned above is preferable.
  • a protective film may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and a substrate generally used in other photofabrication lithography processes or the like can be used in addition to the process of manufacturing semiconductors such as ICs or the process of manufacturing circuit substrates such as liquid crystals or thermal heads.
  • Specific examples of the support include silicon, SiO 2 , and inorganic substrates such as SiN.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and the (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure device and the developing device, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the light source wavelength used in the exposure step is not limited, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • far ultraviolet light is preferable, and its wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and still more preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), or, preferably electron beams, KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser , EUV or electron beam is more preferable.
  • the developing solution may be either an alkaline developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developing solution).
  • alkaline developer quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide are used as the alkaline developer, but in addition to this, alkaline aqueous solutions such as inorganic alkalis, primary to tertiary amines, alcohol amines and cyclic amines are also used. It is usable. Furthermore, the above alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohol and / or surfactant.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10-15.
  • the time for developing using an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds. The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Preferably there.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and the like.
  • ester solvents for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxy propionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl lactate, butane And butyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
  • the solvents disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0715> to ⁇ 0718> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 A1 can be used.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by weight, more preferably less than 20% by weight, still more preferably less than 10% by weight, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent to the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.
  • the developer may contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant as needed.
  • the content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer may contain the acid diffusion control agent described above.
  • a developing method for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with a developer for a certain time (dip method), a method of raising the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and standing still for a certain time (paddle method) Method of spraying the developer on the surface (spray method) or method of continuing to discharge the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method) It can be mentioned.
  • alkali developing step The step of developing using an aqueous alkali solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined.
  • organic solvent developing step since pattern formation can be performed without dissolving only the region of intermediate exposure intensity, a finer pattern can be formed.
  • the rinse liquid used for the rinse process after the image development process using an alkaline developing solution can use a pure water, for example.
  • the pure water may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant.
  • a process of removing the developer or rinse solution adhering on the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added.
  • a heat treatment may be performed to remove moisture remaining in the pattern.
  • the rinse liquid used for the rinse process after the development process using the developing solution containing an organic solvent does not have a restriction
  • the solution containing a common organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents is used. Is preferred. Specific examples of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents include the same examples as those described for the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol.
  • Examples of monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol.
  • a plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above. 10 mass% or less is preferable, as for the water content in the rinse liquid at the time of using the solution containing an organic solvent as a rinse liquid, 5 mass% or less is more preferable, and 3 mass% or less is more preferable. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the rinse liquid may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant.
  • the substrate which has been developed using the organic developer is washed using a rinse solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the method of the cleaning process is not particularly limited, for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), and immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a fixed time Examples include a method (dip method) or a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the heating step removes the developer and rinse solution remaining between the patterns and within the patterns.
  • the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C.
  • the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
  • the composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a developer, a rinse solution, a composition for forming an antireflective film, a composition for forming a top coat, etc.) It is preferable not to contain impurities such as components, isomers, and residual monomers.
  • the content of these impurities contained in the above-mentioned various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not including it (the detection limit of the measuring device or less) Is particularly preferred.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, still more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon is preferable.
  • the filter may be used by washing in advance with an organic solvent.
  • plural types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and / or different materials may be used in combination.
  • the various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • a filter a filter with reduced eluate as disclosed in JP-A-2016-201426 is preferable.
  • removal of impurities by adsorbent may be performed, and filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • known adsorbents can be used.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel or zeolite, or organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
  • the metal adsorption material indicated by JP, 2016-206500, A is mentioned, for example.
  • filter filtration is performed on the materials constituting the various materials, in which the material having a small metal content is selected as the materials constituting the various materials.
  • a method such as distilling under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like.
  • Teflon registered trademark
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern for example, a method of processing the pattern by plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957 can be mentioned.
  • a known method may be applied as described in 8328 83280 N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”.
  • the pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described above.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method of manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention is preferably used in electric and electronic devices (for example, home appliances, office automation (OA) related devices, media related devices, optical devices, communication devices, etc.). Will be mounted.
  • electric and electronic devices for example, home appliances, office automation (OA) related devices, media related devices, optical devices, communication devices, etc.
  • the aqueous solution consisting of sodium hydroxide (14.1 g) and water (127 g) was cooled to 0 ° C., and Compound A (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) (50 g) was added while stirring.
  • the aqueous solution was heated to room temperature (23 ° C.) and then stirred for 4 hours.
  • the aqueous solution was then cooled to 0 ° C. and 1N aqueous HCl (500 mL) was added dropwise.
  • the resulting aqueous solution was extracted twice with dichloromethane (300 mL) and the extracted organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic phase was filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude product containing compound B as a main component.
  • the remaining aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (200 mL), and the organic phase was further collected.
  • the resulting organic phase was washed twice with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (100 mL), and the organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate.
  • the dried organic phase was filtered and further concentrated to obtain a crude product containing monomer A.
  • the crude product containing monomer A was purified with a silica gel column to obtain a high purity product (36.6 g) of monomer A (2 steps, yield: 51%).
  • Cyclohexanone (4.95 parts by weight) was heated to 85 ° C. under a nitrogen stream.
  • monomer A (2.26 parts by mass), monomer B (1.96 parts by mass) shown in the above scheme, cyclohexanone (9.19 parts by mass), and polymerization initiator AIBN (azobisisobutyro)
  • AIBN azobisisobutyro
  • a mixed solution of nitrile (0.046 parts by mass) was added dropwise over 4 hours while stirring. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 85 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • the reaction solution was allowed to cool and then reprecipitated using a large amount of methanol / water (mass ratio 9: 1).
  • the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and further vacuum dried to obtain a resin (A-2) (2.62 parts by mass).
  • resins (A-1) (A-3) to (A-13) and (A-15) to (A-20) shown below were synthesized.
  • resin (A-14) was synthesized according to a conventional method. In the following tests, resins (A-1) to (A-13) and (A-18) to (A-20) were used in the examples, and resins (A-14) to (A-17) were used. Was used in the comparative example.
  • the repeating unit which resin (A) used by the Example and the comparative example has is shown below.
  • the numerical value described to the side of each repeating unit shows content (mol%) of each repeating unit in each resin.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the hydrophobic resin (1b) is 7,000, the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is 1.30, and the molar ratio of each repeating unit is 50/45/5 from the left.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the hydrophobic resin (2b) is 18,600, the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is 1.57, and the molar ratio of each repeating unit is 40/40/20 from the left.
  • the resist film on the obtained silicon wafer It was exposed through a 6% halftone mask of 1: 1 line and space pattern of 44 nm line width. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Thereafter, the resist film after exposure is heated at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds (PEB: Post Exposure Bake), and then developed by a paddle method for 30 seconds using a negative developing solution (organic developing solution, butyl acetate).
  • a negative developing solution organic developing solution, butyl acetate
  • a rinse solution (methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)) was used to rinse by a paddle method for 30 seconds. Subsequently, the silicon wafer was spin-dried at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to form a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 44 nm.
  • MIBC methyl isobutyl carbinol
  • Table 2 below shows the formulation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and the evaluation results of LWR and EL in each Example and Comparative Example.
  • the value in the parenthesis of each solid content column represents the ratio (parts by mass) of the blending amount of the solid content.
  • the value in the parenthesis of the column of solvent represents the ratio of the blending amount of each solvent (mass ratio).
  • the total amount of the solvent added is such that the solid content concentration of each actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is 3.8% by mass.
  • the column of “general formula (R)” is a repeating unit in which the resin (A) contained in the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition is represented by the general formula (1) or (2) And the presence or absence of a group represented by General Formula (R) in the repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) in the resin (A) is a group represented by the above general formula (R) When present, it indicates the presence or absence of an acid leaving group in the group corresponding to R 5 .
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is further an alkylene group having L 1 or L 2 having an ether group, it is confirmed that the LWR performance of the pattern tends to be more excellent (Example 2, 7-8 and 11-14)).
  • L 1 or L 2 may be The tendency for more excellent LWR performance was confirmed (results of Examples 15 to 17).
  • the group corresponding to R 5 of the group represented by General Formula (R) in the repeating unit represented by General Formula (1) or (2) is a group other than an acid leaving group, the sensitivity of the resist film Were superior (Examples 14 and 17 and comparison with other examples).

Abstract

Provided are: an active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition with which a resist film having excellent EL performance and a pattern having excellent LWR performance can be obtained; a resist film using the active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern formation method; and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. The active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition includes: a resin having at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating unit represented by general formula (1), and the repeating unit represented by general formula (2); and a photoacid generator.

Description

感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic radiation sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing electronic device
 本発明は、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、および、電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing an electronic device.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit、集積回路)およびLSI(Large Scale Integrated circuit、大規模集積回路)等の半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。
 例えば、特許文献1には、所定の繰り返し単位を有する酸解離性基含有重合体等を含有する感放射線性樹脂組成物が開示されている。
Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC (Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit) and LSI (Large Scale Integrated circuit, large scale integrated circuit), fine processing by lithography using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition Processing is being performed.
For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a radiation sensitive resin composition containing an acid-dissociable group-containing polymer having a predetermined repeating unit.
特開2007-52182号公報JP 2007-52182 A
 本発明者らは、特許文献1の実施例欄で具体的に記載された感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物について検討したところ、上記感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された、レジスト膜の露光ラチチュード(EL:Exposure Latitude)、および、パターンのパターン線幅の揺らぎ(LWR:Line Width Roughness)に関して改善の余地があることを知見した。 The present inventors examined the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition specifically described in the example section of Patent Document 1, and it was formed by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. It was found that there is room for improvement with regard to the exposure latitude (EL) of the resist film and the fluctuation of the pattern line width (LWR) of the resist film.
 本発明は、EL性能に優れるレジスト膜およびLWR性能に優れるパターンを得られる感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、および、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
An object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of obtaining a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を達成すべく鋭意検討した結果、特定の構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂を用いることで上記課題が解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。
 すなわち、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
MEANS TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM The present inventors discovered that the said subject was solvable by using resin which has a repeating unit which has a specific structure, as a result of earnestly examining in order to achieve the said subject, and completed this invention.
That is, it discovered that the said subject was solvable by the following structures.
 〔1〕 後述する一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および後述する一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有する樹脂、ならびに、光酸発生剤を含む、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔2〕 上記樹脂の含有量が、上記感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、10質量%以上である、〔1〕に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔3〕 後述する一般式(1)中、後述する一般式(2)中、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が有機基である、〔1〕または〔2〕に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔4〕 後述する一般式(1)中、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が後述する一般式(R)で表される基であり、後述する一般式(2)中、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が後述する一般式(R)で表される基である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔5〕 後述する一般式(1)中、Rが、アルカリ分解性基を表す、〔4〕に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔6〕 後述する一般式(1)中、Lが、置換基を有していてもよい、エーテル基を有するアルキレン基、または、後述する一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有するアルキレン基であり、後述する一般式(2)中、Lが、置換基を有していてもよい、エーテル基を有するアルキレン基、または、後述する一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有するアルキレン基である、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔7〕 後述する一般式(1)中、RおよびRが、後述する一般式(R)で表される基で、かつ、Lが後述する一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有する基である、〔4〕または〔6〕に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔8〕 上記樹脂が、後述する一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔9〕 上記樹脂が、ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位、ならびに、酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位をさらに有する、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔10〕 〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。
 〔11〕 〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、上記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、露光された上記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法。
 〔12〕 〔11〕に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[1] A resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by General Formula (1) described later and a repeating unit represented by General Formula (2) described later, and light An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing an acid generator.
[2] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive material according to [1], wherein the content of the resin is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Resin composition.
[3] The actinic ray-sensitive or actinic ray-sensitive material according to [1] or [2], wherein in general formula (1) described later, in general formula (2) described later, at least one of R 3 and R 4 is an organic group Radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[4] In general formula (1) described later, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by general formula (R) described later, and in general formula (2) described later, R 3 and R 4 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein at least one of the groups is a group represented by the general formula (R) described later.
[5] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [4], wherein R 5 in the general formula (1) described later represents an alkali-degradable group.
[6] In General Formula (1) to be described later, L 1 is an alkylene group having an ether group which may have a substituent, or two groups represented by General Formula (A) to be described later L 2 is an alkylene group having an ether group, and in general formula (2) described later, an alkylene group having an ether group which may have a substituent or a group represented by general formula (A) described later The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], which is an alkylene group having two.
[7] In General Formula (1) to be described later, R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by General Formula (R) to be described later, and L 1 is a group represented by General Formula (A) to be described later The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [4] or [6], which is a group having two.
[8] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [7], wherein the resin has a repeating unit represented by General Formula (3) described later.
[9] The resin further has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units having a lactone group, and repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group [1] ] The actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [8] to [8].
[10] A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [9].
[11] A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], and exposure for exposing the resist film A pattern forming method comprising: a process; and a development process of developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
[12] A method for producing an electronic device, comprising the pattern formation method according to [11].
 本発明によれば、EL性能に優れるレジスト膜およびLWR性能に優れるパターンを得られる感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、および、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of obtaining a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされる場合があるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書において、基(原子団)の表記について、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において、「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を有する基をいう。
 本明細書において、「活性光線」または「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、および、電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。
 本明細書において、「光」とは、活性光線または放射線を意味する。
 本明細書において、「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、および、EUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、および、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
Although the description of the configuration requirements described below may be made based on the representative embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, as for the notation of a group (atomic group), the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent together with a group having no substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, "organic group" refers to a group having at least one carbon atom.
In the present specification, “actinic ray” or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far-ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV light), X-ray, and electron beam ( EB: Electron Beam) means etc.
As used herein, "light" means actinic radiation or radiation.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the "exposure" means not only exposure by the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams. And, drawing by particle beam such as ion beam is also included.
In the present specification, “to” is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートを表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、および分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector)によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
 本明細書において表記される二価の基(例えば、-COO-)の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「L-M-N」なる一般式で表される化合物中の、Mが-COO-である場合、L側に結合している位置を*1、N側に結合している位置を*2とすると、Mは*1-O-CO-*2であってもよく、*1-CO-O-*2であってもよい。
 本明細書において、有機基とは炭素原子を有する基をいう。例えば、炭化水素基、および、ヘテロ原子を有する炭化水素基が挙げられる。
As used herein, "(meth) acrylate" refers to acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn) and dispersion degree (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of a resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC- manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refraction It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
The bonding direction of the divalent group (eg, -COO-) described in the present specification is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when M is -COO- in the compound represented by the general formula "LMN", the position bonded to the L side is * 1, the position bonded to the N side In the case of * 2, M may be * 1-O-CO- * 2 or * 1-CO-O- * 2.
In the present specification, an organic group refers to a group having a carbon atom. For example, a hydrocarbon group and a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom can be mentioned.
〔感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物〕
 本発明の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、単に「組成物」または「本発明の組成物」ともいう)について説明する。
 本発明の組成物は、いわゆるレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
Actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition” or “composition of the present invention”) of the present invention will be described.
The composition of the present invention is a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
 本発明の組成物の特徴点としては、後述する一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂を含む点が挙げられる。上記樹脂を含む本発明の組成物によれば、EL性能に優れるレジスト膜およびLWR性能に優れるパターンを形成できる(以下、本発明の組成物の、このような性質を、単に「本発明の効果」ともいう)。
 このメカニズムの詳細は定かではないが、以下のように推測される。
 本発明の組成物が含む樹脂が有する、後述する一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、樹脂の主鎖への環構造の導入によって主鎖の運動性が低減され、ガラス転移点(Tg)が向上している。また、主鎖および側鎖にヘテロ原子を含む極性基を一定数以上有することで、基の間での相互作用が大きくなり、Tgの向上効果がより大きくなる。これにより樹脂の溶解性が下がり、光酸発生剤から露光によって発生した酸の拡散を適度に抑制しやすくなり、その結果、本発明の組成物からなるレジスト膜は優れた現像コントラストを示し、本発明の効果を実現できている、と推測される。
The characteristic point of the composition of the present invention is that it contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) described later. According to the composition of the present invention containing the above-mentioned resin, a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance can be formed (hereinafter, such a property of the composition of the present invention is simply referred to as “effect of the present invention It is also called ").
The details of this mechanism are not clear, but are presumed as follows.
In the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) described later which the composition of the present invention has, the mobility of the main chain is reduced by the introduction of a ring structure to the main chain of the resin, The glass transition point (Tg) is improved. In addition, by having a certain number or more of polar groups containing heteroatoms in the main chain and side chains, the interaction between the groups is increased, and the effect of improving Tg is further increased. As a result, the solubility of the resin decreases, and the diffusion of the acid generated by the exposure from the photoacid generator can be appropriately suppressed, and as a result, the resist film made of the composition of the present invention exhibits excellent development contrast. It is presumed that the effects of the invention can be realized.
 以下、本発明の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる成分について詳述する。 Hereinafter, the components contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<樹脂(A)>
 本発明の組成物は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、および、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有する樹脂を含む。
<Resin (A)>
The composition of the present invention comprises a resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by the general formula (2) .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(R、R、R、および、R
 一般式(1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、一般式(A)で表される基、または、上記一般式(A)で表される基以外の有機基を表し、RおよびRの少なくとも一方は上記一般式(A)で表される基を表す。
(R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 )
In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the general formula (A), or an organic group other than the group represented by the above general formula (A) And at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents a group represented by the above general formula (A).
 *-C(=O)-O-R     (A)
 一般式(A)中、Rは、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基または水素原子を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
* -C (= O) -O-R (A)
In general formula (A), R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom or a hydrogen atom. * Represents a bonding position.
 RおよびRの少なくとも一方は上記一般式(A)で表される基であり、RおよびRの、どちらか一方が上記一般式(A)で表される基であってもよく、両方が上記一般式(A)で表される基であってもよい。
 RおよびRの一方のみが上記一般式(A)で表される基である場合、他の一方は水素原子または一般式(A)で表される基以外の有機基を表す。
 なお、RおよびRの両方が上記一般式(A)で表される基であり、かつ、後述するLで表される基が有するヘテロ原子が1個である場合、2つの上記一般式(A)で表される基中の2つのRの少なくとも一方はヘテロ原子を有する炭化水素基を表す。
At least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by the above general formula (A), and one of R 3 and R 4 may be a group represented by the above general formula (A) And both may be groups represented by the above general formula (A).
When only one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by the above general formula (A), the other one represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group other than the group represented by the general formula (A).
When both of R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by the above general formula (A) and the group represented by L 1 described later has one hetero atom, two general groups At least one of the two R's in the group represented by formula (A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
 上記ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、および、ホウ素原子が挙げられる。なかでも、酸素原子、窒素原子、または、硫黄原子が好ましく、酸素原子がより好ましい。 As said hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, a tellurium atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, and a boron atom are mentioned, for example. Among them, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable, and an oxygen atom is more preferable.
 RおよびRとしては、一方が水素原子で他の一方が一般式(A)で表される基、または、両方が一般式(A)で表される基であるのが好ましく、両方が一般式(A)で表される基であるのがより好ましい。 As R 1 and R 2 , one is preferably a hydrogen atom and the other is a group represented by the general formula (A), or both are preferably a group represented by the general formula (A), both It is more preferable that it is a group represented by general formula (A).
 一般式(2)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。
 RおよびRの少なくとも一方は有機基であるのが好ましく、RおよびRの、どちらが有機基であってもよく、両方が有機基であってもよい。
In General Formula (2), R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
At least one of R 3 and R 4 is preferably an organic group, and either of R 3 and R 4 may be an organic group, and both may be an organic group.
 RおよびRで表される有機基としては、ヘテロ原子を有する炭化水素基が好ましい。
 ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、および、ホウ素原子が挙げられる。なかでも、酸素原子、窒素原子、または、硫黄原子が好ましく、酸素原子がより好ましい。
 また、酸素原子は、炭素原子と共同してエステル基を形成しているのが好ましく、上記エステル基は、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の主鎖と直接結合しているのが好ましい。さらに、上記エステル基を介して、水素原子または別の有機基が上記主鎖と結合しているのが好ましい。
 エステル基を介して主鎖と結合する別の有機基としては、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基が好ましい。つまり、RおよびRで表される有機基としては、一般式(A)で表される基であるのが好ましい。
 なお、RおよびRの両方が上記一般式(A)で表される基であり、かつ、後述するLで表される基が有するヘテロ原子が1個である場合、2つの上記一般式(A)で表される基中の2つのRの少なくとも一方はヘテロ原子を有する炭化水素基を表すのが好ましい。
The organic group represented by R 3 and R 4 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
As a hetero atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, a tellurium atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, and a boron atom are mentioned, for example. Among them, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable, and an oxygen atom is more preferable.
In addition, it is preferable that the oxygen atom cooperate with the carbon atom to form an ester group, and the ester group is directly bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2). preferable. Furthermore, it is preferable that a hydrogen atom or another organic group be bonded to the main chain via the ester group.
As another organic group bonded to the main chain via an ester group, a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom is preferable. That is, the organic group represented by R 3 and R 4 is preferably a group represented by general formula (A).
In the case where both R 3 and R 4 are a group represented by the above general formula (A) and the group represented by L 2 described later has one hetero atom, two of the above general groups It is preferable that at least one of two R in the group represented by Formula (A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
 一般式(A)中、Rで表される、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基としては、例えば、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよいアルケニル基、および、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよいアルキニル基が挙げられる。
 なお、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、および、アルキニル基は、直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。炭素数は1~20が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、および、アルキニル基は、環状構造を有していても有していなくてもよい。
 ただし、樹脂のTgの低下を抑制し、本発明の効果をより向上させる観点からは、Rが脂環基を有する場合は、上記脂環基が酸脱離性基の一部を構成しているのが好ましい。
As a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom which is represented by R in general formula (A), for example, it may have an alkyl group which may have a hetero atom, and a hetero atom A good alkenyl group and an alkynyl group which may have a hetero atom can be mentioned.
The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may or may not have a cyclic structure.
However, from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in Tg of the resin and further improving the effect of the present invention, when R has an alicyclic group, the above-mentioned alicyclic group constitutes a part of the acid-eliminating group Is preferred.
 なかでも、一般式(A)で表される基は、以下に示す一般式(R)で表される基であるのが好ましい。RおよびRの少なくとも一方が一般式(R)で表される基であり、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が一般式(R)で表される基であることが好ましい。
 言い換えると、本発明の組成物は、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が一般式(R)で表される基である一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、ならびに、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が一般式(R)で表される基である一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A)を含むのが好ましい。
 中でも、一般式(1)においては、RおよびRのいずれもが一般式(R)で表される基であるのがより好ましい。
Among them, the group represented by General Formula (A) is preferably a group represented by General Formula (R) shown below. It is preferable that at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by General Formula (R), and at least one of R 3 and R 4 is a group represented by General Formula (R).
In other words, the composition of the present invention is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by the general formula (R), and R 3 and R 4 The resin (A) has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by the general formula (2) in which at least one of the groups is a group represented by the general formula (R) preferable.
Among them, in the general formula (1), it is more preferable that both of R 1 and R 2 be a group represented by the general formula (R).
 *-C(=O)-O-R     (R)
 *は、結合位置を表す。
* -C (= O) -O-R 5 (R)
* Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(R)中、Rは、水素原子、アルカリ分解性基、または、酸脱離性基を表す。より具体的には、Rは、水素原子、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基であってアルカリ分解性を示す基、または、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基であって酸脱離性を示す基を表す。
 中でも、Rは、パターンのLWR性能がより優れる観点から、アルカリ分解性基または酸脱離性基であるのが好ましい。
 また、Rは、レジスト膜の感度がより優れる観点からは、水素原子またはアルカリ分解性基であるのが好ましい。
 つまり、Rは、アルカリ分解性基であるのがより好ましい。
In general formula (R), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkali-degradable group, or an acid-leaving group. More specifically, R 5 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom and which is alkali-degradable, or a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom. And a group exhibiting acid releasability.
Among them, R 5 is preferably an alkali-degradable group or an acid-eliminable group from the viewpoint that the LWR performance of the pattern is more excellent.
Further, R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkali-degradable group from the viewpoint of more excellent sensitivity of the resist film.
That is, R 5 is more preferably an alkali-degradable group.
 なお、本明細書において、アルカリ分解性基とは、アルカリ溶液の作用により分解し、アルカリ溶液中での溶解度が増大する基を表す。例えば、ラクトン基を有する基(例えば、ラクトン基を有する炭化水素基)、スルトン基を有する基(例えば、スルトン基を有する炭化水素基)、カーボネート基を有する基(例えば、カーボネート基(好ましくは環状炭酸エステル基)を有する炭化水素基)、および、酸無水物基を有する基(例えば、酸無水物基を有する炭化水素基)が挙げられ、ラクトン基を有する基、スルトン基を有する基、または、カーボネート基(好ましくは環状炭酸エステル基)を有する基が好ましい。 In the present specification, an alkali-degradable group is a group which is decomposed by the action of an alkaline solution to increase the solubility in the alkaline solution. For example, a group having a lactone group (for example, a hydrocarbon group having a lactone group), a group having a sultone group (for example, a hydrocarbon group having a sultone group), a group having a carbonate group (for example, a carbonate group (preferably cyclic) A hydrocarbon group having a carbonate group) and a group having an acid anhydride group (eg, a hydrocarbon group having an acid anhydride group), and a group having a lactone group, a group having a sultone group, or And groups having a carbonate group (preferably, a cyclic carbonate group) are preferable.
 Rがアルカリ分解性基である場合、一般式(R)で表される基は、以下の一般式(R´)で表される基であるのが好ましい。 When R 5 is an alkali-degradable group, the group represented by general formula (R) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (R ′).
 *-C(=O)-O-Ab-V     (R´)
 *は、結合位置を表す。
* -C (= O) -O-Ab-V (R ')
* Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(R´)中のAb-Vが、一般式(R)中のRに相当する。
 Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環または多環の脂環基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、または、これらを組み合わせた2価の連結基を表す。
 なかでも、Abは、単結合またはアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~2)が好ましい。
Ab-V in the general formula (R ′) corresponds to R 5 in the general formula (R).
Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic group, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, or a divalent linking group combining these.
Among them, Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 2).
 Vは、ラクトン基、スルトン基、または、環状炭酸エステル基を表す。 V represents a lactone group, a sultone group or a cyclic carbonate group.
 ラクトン基としては、5~7員環のラクトン基が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ環またはスピロ環を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン基に他の環が縮環している基がより好ましい。具体的には、次に示す一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造から水素原子を1個取り除いた基が挙げられ、なかでも一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-8)、一般式(LC1-16)、または、一般式(LC1-21)で表される構造から水素原子を1個取り除いた基が好ましい。
 スルトン基としては、5~7員環のスルトン基が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ環またはスピロ環を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン基に他の環が縮環している基がより好ましい。具体的には、次に示す一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造から水素原子を1個取り除いた基が挙げられ、なかでも、一般式(SL1-1)で表される構造から水素原子を1個取り除いた基が好ましい。
The lactone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group. Among them, a group in which another ring is fused to a 5- to 7-membered lactone group in a form of forming a bicyclo ring or spiro ring is more preferable. Specific examples thereof include groups in which one hydrogen atom has been removed from the lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). 1) From the structure represented by General Formula (LC1-4), General Formula (LC1-5), General Formula (LC1-8), General Formula (LC1-16), or General Formula (LC1-21) The group which removed one hydrogen atom is preferable.
The sultone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered sultone group. Among them, a group in which another ring is fused to a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone group to form a bicyclo ring or a spiro ring is more preferable. Specific examples thereof include groups in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a sultone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). A group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the structure represented by -1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 上記ラクトンおよびスルトン基は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、または、シアノ基等が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、または、シアノ基がより好ましい。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の場合、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 また、ラクトン基およびスルトン基が置換基(Rb)として後述する酸分解性基を有していてもよい。
The lactone and sultone groups may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). As the substituent (Rb 2 ), an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, A halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group or the like is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a cyano group is more preferable. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4; When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Moreover, two or more substituents (Rb 2 ) may be combined to form a ring.
In addition, the lactone group and the sultone group may have an acid-degradable group described later as a substituent (Rb 2 ).
 環状炭酸エステル基としては、下記一般式で表される構造から水素原子を1個取り除いた基が好ましい。 As a cyclic carbonate group, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the structure represented by the following general formula is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記一般式中、nは0以上の整数を表す。
 R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、R は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を表す。
 Aは、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環基または多環基を形成する原子団を表す。Zは、アルキレン基が好ましい。上記アルキレン基は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。中でも、上記アルキレン基は直鎖状であるのが好ましい。上記アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、2が更に好ましい。
In the above general formula, n represents an integer of 0 or more.
R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic group with a group represented by —O—C (= O) —O— in the formula. Z is preferably an alkylene group. The alkylene group may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. Among them, the above-mentioned alkylene group is preferably linear. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 2.
 一般式(R)で表される基が、式中に明示される-C(=O)-O-とRとが共同して、酸分解性基を形成しているのも本発明の効果がより優れる観点から好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、酸分解性基とは、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基をいう。
 酸分解性基は、極性基が、酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(酸脱離性基)で保護された構造を有するのが好ましい。
 つまり、本発明の効果がより優れる観点から、Rが、上記酸脱離性基であるのも好ましく、この場合において一般式(R)で表される基は酸分解性基を形成する。ただし、一般式(R)で表される基が酸分解性基を形成する場合、形成されるレジスト膜の感度が低下する傾向にあるので留意すべきである。
 一般式(R)で表される基が酸分解性基を形成する場合、一般式(R)で表される基は、以下の一般式(R´´)で表される基であるのが好ましい。
In the present invention, it is also preferred that the group represented by the general formula (R) forms an acid decomposable group by the joint of -C (= O) -O- and R 5 specified in the formula. It is preferable from the viewpoint of more excellent effects.
In the present specification, the acid-degradable group refers to a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity.
The acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group which is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid (acid-releasable group).
That is, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is also preferable that R 5 is the above-mentioned acid leaving group, and in this case, the group represented by General Formula (R) forms an acid decomposable group. However, it should be noted that when the group represented by the general formula (R) forms an acid decomposable group, the sensitivity of the resist film to be formed tends to decrease.
When the group represented by the general formula (R) forms an acid-degradable group, the group represented by the general formula (R) is a group represented by the following general formula (R ′ ′) preferable.
 *-C(=O)-O-R     (R´´)
 *は、結合位置を表す。
* -C (= O) -O-R c (R ′ ′)
* Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(R´´)においてRが、一般式(R)のRに相当する。
 また、上記-Rは、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、または、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)を表す。
In the general formula (R ′ ′), R c corresponds to R 5 in the general formula (R).
In addition, the above-mentioned -R c is -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), or -C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) Represents (OR 39 ).
 R36~R39は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、または、アルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01およびR02は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、または、アルケニル基を表す。
Each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
Each of R 01 and R 02 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01、および、R02で表されるアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、および、オクチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、および、R02で表されるシクロアルキル基は、単環でも多環でもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、および、シクロオクチル基等が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、および、アンドロスタニル基等が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1個以上の炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01、および、R02で表されるアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、および、アントリル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、および、R02で表されるアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、および、ナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01、および、R02で表されるアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、および、シクロへキセニル基等が挙げられる。
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環または多環)であるのが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基もしくはシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、または、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、もしくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group and a sec- A butyl group, a hexyl group, and an octyl group etc. are mentioned.
The cycloalkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group and a tricyclodecanyl group, Examples thereof include tetracyclododecyl group, and androstanyl group. In addition, at least one or more carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group Can be mentioned.
The ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). The cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group. preferable.
 一般式(R´´)で表される基の具体例を示す。なお、下記の例示においてにおいて*は、主鎖との結合位置を表す。 The specific example of group represented by general formula (R '') is shown. In the following examples, * represents a bonding position to the main chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(LおよびL
 一般式(1)中のLおよびLは、1個以上のヘテロ原子を有する2価の連結基であり、Lは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。上記アルキレン基中の炭素原子の一部は、ヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。置換基は、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。ただし、Lで表される基は1個以上のヘテロ原子を有する。
 なお、上述の通り、一般式(1)中のRおよびRの両方が上記一般式(A)で表される基であり、かつ、Lで表される基が有するヘテロ原子が1個である場合、2つの上記一般式(A)で表される基中の2つのRの少なくとも一方はヘテロ原子を有する炭化水素基を表す。言い換えると、一般式(1)中のRおよびRの両方が上記一般式(A)で表される基であり、かつ、2つの上記一般式(A)で表される基中の2つのRがいずれもヘテロ原子を有さない炭化水素基を表す場合、Lで表される基が有するヘテロ原子は2個以上である。LおよびLは、アルキレン基とアルキレン基とがヘテロ原子を介して連結される連結基であってもよい。
 一般式(2)中のLは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。上記アルキレン基中の炭素原子の一部は、ヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。置換基は、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。ただし、Lで表される基は1個以上のヘテロ原子を有する。
 LおよびLで表される、アルキレン基は、式中に明示される2個の炭素原子とそれぞれの末端で結合して、環状の基を形成する。
 なお、ヘテロ原子を有する基とは、ヘテロ原子そのものであってもよい。
(L 1 and L 2 )
L 1 and L 2 in the general formula (1) are a divalent linking group having one or more hetero atoms, and L 1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent. A part of carbon atoms in the alkylene group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom. The substituent may have a hetero atom. However, the group represented by L 1 has one or more hetero atoms.
As described above, both of R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) are a group represented by the above general formula (A), and the hetero atom contained in the group represented by L 1 is 1 And at least one of two R in the two groups represented by the above general formula (A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom. In other words, both of R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) are a group represented by the above general formula (A), and two of the two groups represented by the above general formula (A) When one R represents a hydrocarbon group having no hetero atom, the hetero atom represented by L 1 has 2 or more hetero atoms. L 1 and L 2 may be a linking group in which an alkylene group and an alkylene group are linked via a hetero atom.
L 2 in the general formula (2) represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent. A part of carbon atoms in the alkylene group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom. The substituent may have a hetero atom. However, the group represented by L 2 has one or more hetero atoms.
Alkylene groups, represented by L 1 and L 2 , combine at each end with the two carbon atoms specified in the formula to form a cyclic group.
The group having a hetero atom may be a hetero atom itself.
 LおよびLは、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、または、ハロゲン原子を含む2価の連結基が好ましく、なかでも、LおよびLに含まれるヘテロ原子は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、または、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 LおよびLで表される基がヘテロ原子を有する態様に制限はなく、アルキレン基の鎖中の炭素原子の一部がヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよく、アルキレン基が有する置換基がヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。
 ヘテロ原子を有する基としては、例えば、エーテル基(-O-)、スルフィド基(-S-)、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、エステル基(-C(=O)O-)、アミド基(-NHC(=O)-)、および、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)などが挙げられる。
 パターンのLWR性能がより優れる観点から、アルキレン基の鎖中にヘテロ原子を有する基が存在する場合、ヘテロ原子を有する基はエーテル基であるのが好ましい。
 置換基がヘテロ原子を有する場合、ヘテロ原子は炭素原子と共同してエステル基を形成するのが好ましく、上述の一般式(A)で表される基を形成するのがより好ましい。
 アルキレン基の炭素数は2~10好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。なお上記炭素数に、アルキレン基が鎖中に有するヘテロ原子の数、および、アルキレン基が有する置換基が有する炭素原子の数は含まない。
 なお、これらの環を構成する原子の数に、置換基が有する原子の数は含まない。
L 1 and L 2 are preferably a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a divalent linking group containing a halogen atom, and among them, the hetero atom contained in L 1 and L 2 is an oxygen atom , A nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or a fluorine atom is preferable.
There is no limitation on the aspect in which the group represented by L 1 and L 2 has a hetero atom, and a part of carbon atoms in the chain of the alkylene group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom, and the alkylene group has The substituent may have a hetero atom.
As the group having a hetero atom, for example, ether group (-O-), sulfide group (-S-), carbonyl group (-C (= O)-), ester group (-C (= O) O-) , An amido group (-NHC (= O)-), and a sulfonyl group (-S (= O) 2- ).
When a group having a hetero atom is present in the chain of an alkylene group, the group having a hetero atom is preferably an ether group, from the viewpoint that the LWR performance of the pattern is more excellent.
When the substituent has a hetero atom, the hetero atom is preferably combined with the carbon atom to form an ester group, and more preferably to form a group represented by the above general formula (A).
The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and still more preferably 2. The number of carbon atoms does not include the number of hetero atoms that the alkylene group has in the chain and the number of carbon atoms that the substituent that the alkylene group has has.
The number of atoms constituting these rings does not include the number of atoms possessed by the substituent.
 アルキレン基が置換基を有する態様としては、アルキレン基中の水素原子の一部が置換基に置換される場合が挙げられる。
 置換基の種類は特に制限されず、上述したように、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。置換基の種類としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(-F、-Cl、-I等)、アルキル基、-S(=O)-アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、または、上述の一般式(A)で表される基などが挙げられる。
 中でも、パターンのLWR性能がより優れる観点から、置換基としては一般式(A)で表される基が好ましい。
 アルキレン基が一般式(A)で表される基を有する場合、アルキレン基は一般式(A)で表される基を2つ以上(好ましくは、2~4つ)有するのがより好ましく、2つ有するのがさらに好ましい。なお、複数の一般式(A)で表される基は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 また、本発明の効果がより優れる観点から、アルキレン基が一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有する場合、RおよびR(またはRおよびR)が、一般式(R)で表される基であるのがより好ましい。
 言い換えると、一般式(1)中、RおよびRが、一般式(R)で表される基で、かつ、Lが、一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有する基であるのが好ましい。
 また、一般式(2)中、RおよびRが、一般式(R)で表される基で、かつ、Lが、一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有する基であるのも好ましい。
 なお、アルキレン基が一般式(A)で表される基を有する場合、一般式(A)中のRはヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基であるのが好ましい。このようなヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基の好ましい態様は上述の通りであり、一般式(R)中のRで表されるようなアルカリ分解性基または酸脱離性基を形成していてもよい。
As an aspect which an alkylene group has a substituent, the case where a part of hydrogen atom in an alkylene group is substituted by a substituent is mentioned.
The type of substituent is not particularly limited, and may have a hetero atom as described above. As the type of substituent, for example, a halogen atom (-F, -Cl, -I, etc.), an alkyl group, -S (= O) 2 -alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, or And groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (A).
Among them, as a substituent, a group represented by general formula (A) is preferable from the viewpoint that the LWR performance of the pattern is more excellent.
When the alkylene group has a group represented by General Formula (A), the alkylene group more preferably has two or more (preferably, 2 to 4) groups represented by General Formula (A), and 2 It is more preferable to have one. The groups represented by a plurality of general formulas (A) may be the same or different.
In addition, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, when the alkylene group has two groups represented by general formula (A), R 1 and R 2 (or R 3 and R 4 ) have the general formula (R) It is more preferable that it is a group represented by).
In other words, in the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by the general formula (R), and a group in which L 1 has two groups represented by the general formula (A) Is preferred.
In the general formula (2), R 3 and R 4 are groups represented by the general formula (R), and L 2 is a group having two groups represented by the general formula (A) It is also preferable to be present.
In addition, when an alkylene group has a group represented by general formula (A), it is preferable that R in general formula (A) is a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom. The preferable aspect of the hydrocarbon group which may have such a hetero atom is as above-mentioned, and an alkali degradable group or acid-releasable group as represented by R 5 in General formula (R) May be formed.
 LおよびLで表される、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基は、以下に示す一般式(L)で表されるのが好ましい。 It is preferable that the alkylene group which may be substituted represented by L 1 and L 2 be represented by General Formula (L) shown below.
 *-(CH-Z-(CH-*     (L)
 *は、結合位置を表す。
*-(CH 2 ) n -Z- (CH 2 ) n- * (L)
* Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(L)中、nは、それぞれ独立に、0以上の整数を表し、0~4が好ましく、0~1がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。
 なお、2個のnのうち、少なくとも一方は1以上の整数を表す。
In the general formula (L), n each independently represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 1, and still more preferably 1.
Note that at least one of two n's represents an integer of 1 or more.
 Zは、ヘテロ原子を有する基を表す。
 Zの例としては、エーテル基(-O-)、スルフィド基(-S-)、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、エステル基(-C(=O)O-)、アミド基(-NHC(=O)-)、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)、-C(Y)(Y)-、および、-N(Y)-が挙げられる。
 Y、Y、および、Yは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または置換基を表す。
 YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、ヘテロ原子を有する置換基を表す。
 Y、Y、および、Yで表される置換基としては、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子(-F、-Cl、-I等)、アルキル基、-S(=O)-アルキル基、または、一般式(A)で表される基が好ましく、-S(=O)-アルキル基、または、一般式(A)で表される基がより好ましい。なお、Y、Y、および、Yが有し得るアルキル基(Y、Y、および、Yがアルキル基そのものである場合を含む)は、炭素数1~2が好ましく、さらに置換基(好ましくはハロゲン原子、より好ましくは-F)を有していてもよい。
 Zは、エーテル基、または、YおよびYが一般式(A)で表される基である-C(Y)(Y)-が好ましく、-C(Y)(Y)-であり、かつ、YおよびYが一般式(A)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
 なお、Zが、-C(Y)(Y)-であり、かつ、YおよびYが一般式(A)で表される基である場合、複数存在する一般式(A)で表される基はそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 また、Y、Y、および、Yで表され得る一般式(A)中のRは、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基であるのが好ましい。このようなヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基の好ましい態様は上述の通りであり、一般式(R)中のRで表されるようなアルカリ分解性基または酸脱離性基を形成していてもよい。
Z represents a group having a hetero atom.
Examples of Z include an ether group (-O-), a sulfide group (-S-), a carbonyl group (-C (= O)-), an ester group (-C (= O) O-), an amido group ( -NHC (= O)-), sulfonyl group (-S (= O) 2- ), -C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 )-, and -N (Y 3 )-.
Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
At least one of Y 1 and Y 2 represents a substituent having a hetero atom.
The substituents represented by Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 are each independently a halogen atom (-F, -Cl, -I or the like), an alkyl group or -S (= O) 2 -alkyl group Alternatively, a group represented by formula (A) is preferable, and a group represented by —S (SO) 2 -alkyl group or a group represented by formula (A) is more preferable. The alkyl group that Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 may have (including the case where Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 are alkyl groups themselves) preferably has 1 to 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably It may have a substituent (preferably a halogen atom, more preferably -F).
Z is preferably an ether group or —C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 ) — in which Y 1 and Y 2 are each represented by general formula (A), and —C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 ) And Y 1 and Y 2 are more preferably a group represented by formula (A).
In addition, when Z is -C (Y 1 ) (Y 2 )-and Y 1 and Y 2 are a group represented by general formula (A), a plurality of general formulas (A) are present. The groups represented may be the same or different.
In addition, R in the general formula (A) which can be represented by Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 is preferably a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom. The preferable aspect of the hydrocarbon group which may have such a hetero atom is as above-mentioned, and an alkali degradable group or acid-releasable group as represented by R 5 in General formula (R) May be formed.
 樹脂(A)は、一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる観点から、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、5~60モル%がより好ましく、10~50モル%がさらに好ましい。
 なお、樹脂(A)が、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位との両方を含んでいる場合、上記含有量はこれらの合計量である。
Resin (A) may have the repeating unit represented by General formula (1) or (2) individually by 1 type, and may have it in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, 5 to 70 with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A). The mole% is preferable, 5 to 60 mole% is more preferable, and 10 to 50 mole% is more preferable.
In addition, when resin (A) contains both the repeating unit represented by General formula (1), and the repeating unit represented by General formula (2), the said content is total amount of these. is there.
 一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えば、環化重合可能なモノマー由来の繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。より具体的には、例えば、ジエン系モノマーを環化重合して得られる。
 また、樹脂(A)は、一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably, for example, a repeating unit derived from a cyclopolymerizable monomer. More specifically, it is obtained, for example, by cyclopolymerization of a diene monomer.
Moreover, resin (A) may have other repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by General formula (1) or (2).
(一般式(3)で表される酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)が、下記一般式(3)で表される酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位をさらに有しているのも好ましい。
(Repeating unit having an acid decomposable group represented by the general formula (3))
It is also preferable that the resin (A) further has a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(3)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~20の有機基を表し、水素原子または炭素数1~20のアルキル基であるのが好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基およびハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 なかでも、上記アルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、または、トリフルオロメチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
In the general formula (3), R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
Among them, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, still more preferably a methyl group.
 一般式(3)中、Lは、置換基を有していてもよい2価の連結基を表す。
 Lは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エステル基、または、これらを組み合わせた2価の連結基が好ましく、カルボニル基、-アルキレン基-カルボニル基-、-アリーレン基-カルボニル基-、-エステル基-アルキレン基-カルボニル基-がより好ましく、カルボニル基がさらに好ましい。
 なお、上記アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としてはハロゲン原子が好ましい。
In General Formula (3), L 3 represents a divalent linking group which may have a substituent.
L 3 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, or a divalent linking group combining these, and a carbonyl group, an -alkylene group, a -carbonyl group, an -arylene group, a -carbonyl group,- An ester group-alkylene group-carbonyl group- is more preferable, and a carbonyl group is more preferable.
In addition, the said alkylene group and arylene group may have a substituent, and a halogen atom is preferable as a substituent.
 Xは、酸脱離性基を表し、上述の一般式(R´´)において解説した、Rと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 X represents an acid leaving group and has the same meaning as R c described in the general formula (R ′ ′) described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
 一般式(3)中、-L-O-Xの例として、上述の一般式(R´´)で表される基の具体例として示した基が挙げられる。 In the general formula (3), examples of -L 3 -OX include the groups shown as specific examples of the group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (R ′ ′).
 また、下記の基も、-L-O-Xの例として挙げられる。 The following groups are also mentioned as an example of -L 3 -O-X.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 樹脂(A)は、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてもよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。 Resin (A) may have the repeating unit represented by General formula (3) individually by 1 type, and may use it in combination of 2 or more types.
 一般式(3)で表される酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、30~80モル%がさらに好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid decomposable group represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, based on all repeating units of the resin (A). And 30 to 80 mol% are more preferable.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、または、カーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、および、カーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基を有する繰り返し単位を有するのが好ましい。
 ただし、ここでいうラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位は、特に断らない限り、上述の一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位であってラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位(特に一般式(R´)で表される基を有する繰り返し単位)以外の繰り返し単位を意図する。
(Repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group)
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of lactone groups, sultone groups, and carbonate groups.
However, unless otherwise specified, the repeating unit having a lactone group referred to herein is a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1) or (2) and having a lactone group (in particular, Repeating units other than the repeating unit having a group represented by ') are intended.
 上記ラクトン基およびスルトン基としては、一般式(R´)において説明したVがなり得るラクトン基およびスルトン基と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The lactone group and the sultone group are the same as the lactone group and the sultone group which can be V described in the general formula (R ′), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 ラクトン基またはスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記一般式(III)中、
 Aは、エステル基(-COO-)またはアミド基(-CONH-)を表す。
 nは、0~5の整数を表し、0または1であるのが好ましく、0であるのがより好ましい。
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい、アルキレン基もしくはシクロアルキレン基、または、その組み合わせを表す。Rが複数存在する場合、Rは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Zは、単結合、エーテル基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、または、ウレア基を表す。Zが複数存在する場合、Zは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。Zとしては、エーテル基、または、エステル基が好ましく、エステル基がより好ましい。
 Rは、ラクトン基またはスルトン基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、または、有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
In the above general formula (III),
A represents an ester group (-COO-) or an amido group (-CONH-).
n represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
R 0 represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent, or a combination thereof. When a plurality of R 0 exist, R 0 may be the same or different.
Z represents a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, an amido group, a urethane group or a urea group. When a plurality of Z are present, Z may be the same or different. As Z, an ether group or an ester group is preferable, and an ester group is more preferable.
R 8 represents a lactone group or a sultone group.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an organic group (preferably a methyl group).
 樹脂(A)は、カーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。カーボネート基としては、環状炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
 環状炭酸エステル基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate group. As a carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferable.
As a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(A-1)中、R は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、または、有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
 nは0以上の整数を表す。
 R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、R は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を表す。
 Aは、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環基または多環基を形成する原子団を表す。
In formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an organic group (preferably a methyl group).
n represents an integer of 0 or more.
R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic group with a group represented by —O—C (= O) —O— in the formula.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、および、カーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0370>~<0414>に記載の繰り返し単位を有するのも好ましい。 Resin (A) is a repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group, as described in paragraph <0370> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferable to have the repeating unit described in <0414>.
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、およびカーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。 The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group by one type alone, and two or more types may be used in combination You may have.
 以下に一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例、および一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(III)におけるRおよび一般式(A-1)におけるR がメチル基である場合に相当するが、RおよびR は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、または、有機基に任意に置換できる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) and specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) will be given below. It is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where R 7 in the general formula (III) and R A 1 in the general formula (A-1) are a methyl group, but R 7 and R A 1 are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom Or, it can be optionally substituted by an organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記モノマーの他に、下記に示すモノマーも樹脂(A)の原料として好適に用いられる。 In addition to the above monomers, the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material of the resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 ラクトン基、スルトン基、および、カーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~65モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%がさらに好ましい。
 なお、上記含有量は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、および、カーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はそれぞれを合計した量である。
The content of the repeating unit having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group is 5 to 70% by mole based on all repeating units in the resin (A). Preferably, it is 10 to 65 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
In addition, said content is the quantity which totaled each, when multiple repeating units which have at least 1 sort (s) of groups selected from the group which consists of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group exist.
(極性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位以外にも、樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 極性基としては、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、または、フッ素化アルコール基等が挙げられる。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、極性基で置換された脂環基を有する繰り返し単位が好ましい。
 なかでも、樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位であって、酸分解性基を有さない繰り返し単位を有するのが好ましい。
 極性基で置換された脂環基における、脂環基としては、アダマンチル基、または、ノルボルナン基が好ましい。
(Repeating unit having polar group)
In addition to the repeating units represented by the general formula (1) or (2), the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a polar group.
As a polar group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, or a fluorinated alcohol group etc. are mentioned.
The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic group substituted by a polar group.
Especially, it is preferable that resin (A) is a repeating unit which has a polar group, Comprising: It is preferable to have a repeating unit which does not have an acid degradable group.
As an alicyclic group in the alicyclic group substituted by the polar group, an adamantyl group or a norbornane group is preferable.
 以下に極性基を有する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。 Although the specific example of the monomer corresponded to the repeating unit which has a polar group below is given, this invention is not limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 この他にも、極性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0415>~<0433>に開示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~40モル%が好ましく、5~30モル%がより好ましく、10~25モル%がさらに好ましい。
Other specific examples of the repeating unit having a polar group include the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0415> to <0433> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1.
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a polar group singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 25 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A).
(酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を有するのも好ましい。酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位は、脂環基を有するのが好ましい。酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0026083A1号明細書の段落<0236>~<0237>に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。
(A repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group)
The resin (A) also preferably has a repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group. It is preferable that the repeating unit which has neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group has an alicyclic group. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group include the repeating units described in paragraphs <0236> to <0237> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0026083A1. Preferred examples of monomers corresponding to repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 この他にも、酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0433>に開示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてもよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~40モル%が好ましく、5~30モル%がより好ましく、5~25モル%がさらに好ましい。
Other specific examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group include the repeating units disclosed in paragraph <0433> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 A1. .
The resin (A) may have a single type of repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group, and may have two or more types in combination.
The content of the repeating unit having neither an acid decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、または、さらにレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、もしくは、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 このような繰り返し単位としては、所定の単量体に相当する繰り返し単位を挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
The resin (A) has dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, or, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating unit, resolution, heat resistance, or sensitivity which are generally necessary characteristics of resists. You may have various repeating units for the purpose of adjusting etc.
Such repeating units include, but are not limited to, repeating units corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
 所定の単量体としては、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、および、ビニルエステル類等から選択される付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物を用いてもよい。
 樹脂(A)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は、種々の性能を調節するために適宜設定される。
As the predetermined monomer, for example, an addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. The compound etc. which have individual are mentioned.
In addition, addition polymerizable unsaturated compounds copolymerizable with the monomers corresponding to the above-mentioned various repeating structural units may be used.
In the resin (A), the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set to adjust various performances.
 本発明の組成物がArF露光用である場合、ArF光の透過性の観点から、樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香族基を有さないのが好ましい。より具体的には、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位が5モル%以下であるのが好ましく、3モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、理想的には0モル%、つまり芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有さないのがさらに好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は単環または多環の脂環基を有するのが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is for ArF exposure, it is preferable that the resin (A) substantially does not have an aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmittance. More specifically, the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (A), and ideally Is more preferably 0 mol%, that is, it does not have a repeating unit having an aromatic group. In addition, the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic group.
 樹脂(A)は、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して50モル%以下であるのが好ましい。 In the resin (A), the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less based on all repeating units of the resin (A).
 本発明の組成物がKrF露光用、EB露光用、または、EUV露光用である場合、樹脂(A)は芳香族炭化水素基を有する繰り返し単位を有するのが好ましい。樹脂(A)がフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を有するのがより好ましい。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する繰り返し単位としては、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位、または、ヒドロキシスチレン(メタ)アクリレート繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 本発明の組成物がKrF露光用、EB露光用またはEUV露光用である場合、樹脂(A)は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基の水素原子が酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(酸脱離性基)で保護された構造を有するのが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)に含まれる芳香族炭化水素基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、30~100モル%が好ましく、40~100モル%がより好ましく、50~100モル%がさらに好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure or EUV exposure, the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. More preferably, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxy group. As a repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxy group, a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit is mentioned.
When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure or EUV exposure, the resin (A) is a group from which the hydrogen atom of the phenolic hydroxy group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of acid (acid releasability It is preferable to have a structure protected by (group).
The content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the resin (A) is preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 40 to 100 mol%, with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). And 50 to 100 mol% are more preferable.
 樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~20,000がより好ましく、3,000~15,000がさらに好ましく、3,000~11,000が特に好ましい。分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.0がさらに好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and 3,000 to 11,000. Particularly preferred. The dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and still more preferably 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
 樹脂(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物の全固形分中の樹脂(A)の含有量は特に制限されないが、10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以上がより好ましく、40~99.5質量%が好ましく、60~99質量%がより好ましく、80~97質量%がさらに好ましい。
Resin (A) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the resin (A) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but 10% by mass or more is preferable, 20% by mass or more is more preferable, 40 to 99.5% by mass is preferable, -99% by mass is more preferable, and 80-97% by mass is more preferable.
<光酸発生剤(C)>
 本発明の組成物は、光酸発生剤(以下、「光酸発生剤(C)」ともいう)を含む。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線または放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物である。
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線または放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、およびo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。
<Photo acid generator (C)>
The composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter also referred to as "photoacid generator (C)").
The photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation.
As the photoacid generator, a compound capable of generating an organic acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation is preferable. Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線または放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独またはそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0125>~<0319>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0086>~<0094>、および、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0323>~<0402>に開示された公知の化合物を光酸発生剤(C)として好適に使用できる。 As the photoacid generator, known compounds which generate an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, paragraphs <0125> to <0319> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1; paragraphs <0086> to <0094> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544 A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0323> to <0402> of the specification can be suitably used as the photoacid generator (C).
 光酸発生剤(C)としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)、または、一般式(ZIII)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As a photo-acid generator (C), the compound represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), or general formula (ZIII) is preferable, for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202、および、R203は、それぞれ独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、および、R203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。
 また、R201~R203のうち2個が結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、またはカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2個が結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)およびCH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI),
Each of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 independently represents an organic group.
The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
In addition, two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by bonding of two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group) and CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2- .
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、化合物(ZI-2)、化合物(ZI-3)、および、化合物(ZI-4)における対応する基が挙げられる。
 なお、光酸発生剤(C)は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1個と、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1個とが、単結合または連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the compounds (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound (ZI-3) and the corresponding groups in the compound (ZI-4) described later. It can be mentioned.
The photoacid generator (C) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), the another compound represented by formula (ZI) of R 201 ~ R 203 at least one and is, It may be a compound having a structure linked via a single bond or a linking group.
 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1個がアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基またはシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、および、アリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。
First, the compound (ZI-1) will be described.
The compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium as a cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of arylsulfonium compounds include triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物に含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基またはナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、または、硫黄原子等を有する、複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、および、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2個以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2個以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基またはシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、または、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、および、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group of 15 is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、および、シクロアルキル基は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、または、フェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。 The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R201 to R203 are each independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, It may have 6 to 14 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxy group or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、それぞれ独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を有する芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、または、ビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状または分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、または、アルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状または分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基がさらに好ましい。
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
The compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which each of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring having a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Each of R201 to R203 independently is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and is a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or An alkoxycarbonylmethyl group is more preferable, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is more preferable.
 R201~R203のアルキル基およびシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基または炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、および、ペンチル基等)、および、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、および、ノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、または、ニトロ基によってさらに置換されていてもよい。
As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group, and a pentyl group and the like, and a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group) are preferable.
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)は、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(ZI-3)中、
 R1c~R5cは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、または、アリールチオ基を表す。
 R6cおよびR7cは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、または、アリール基を表す。
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、または、ビニル基を表す。
In the general formula (ZI-3),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxy Represents a group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
Each of R x and R y independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2個以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、およびRとRは、それぞれ結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、それぞれ独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、または、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族または非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族または非芳香族の複素環、および、これらの環が2個以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が通常で、4~8員環が好ましく、5または6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y respectively combine to form a ring structure Each ring structure may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring in which two or more of these rings are combined. The ring structure is usually a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2個以上、R6cとR7c、および、RとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基およびペンチレン基等が挙げられる。
 R5cとR6cおよびR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合またはアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基およびエチレン基等が挙げられる。
 Zcは、アニオンを表す。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
Zc - represents an anion.
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、または、シクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、または、シクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14が、複数存在する場合、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R15は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基またはナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2個のR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2個のR15が互いに結合して環を形成する場合、環骨格内に、酸素原子または窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2個のR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2;
r represents an integer of 0 to 8;
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a group having a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 represents a group having a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When a plurality of R 14 are present, they may be the same or different.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may bond to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 bonds to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, it is preferred that two R 15 be an alkylene group and combine with each other to form a ring structure.
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14およびR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状または分岐鎖状である。アルキル基は、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、または、t-ブチル基がより好ましい。 In the general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl group of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group or a t-butyl group.
 次に、一般式(ZII)、および(ZIII)について説明する。
 一般式(ZII)、および(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基、アルキル基またはシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207のアリール基としては、フェニル基またはナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、または、硫黄原子等を有する、複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、および、ベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204~R207のアルキル基およびシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基もしくは炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、もしくは、ペンチル基)、または、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、もしくは、ノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), each of R 204 to R 207 independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group or a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a norbornyl group) is preferable.
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、および、シクロアルキル基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、および、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、および、フェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 carbon atoms) And 15), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, and a phenylthio group.
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、および、一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記一般式(3)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。 Formula Z in (ZI) -, the formula Z in (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and, Z in formula (ZI-4) - as represented by the following general formula (3) The anion represented by is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 一般式(3)中、
 oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。
In general formula (3),
o represents an integer of 1 to 3; p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10;
 Xfは、フッ素原子、または、少なくとも1個のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1個のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子または炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であるのが好ましく、フッ素原子またはCFであるのがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であるのがさらに好ましい。
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of this alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4. As the alkyl group substituted by at least one fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf be a fluorine atom.
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、または、少なくとも1個のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。RおよびRが複数存在する場合、RおよびRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 RおよびRで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。RおよびRは、好ましくは水素原子である。
 少なくとも1個のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例および好適な態様は一般式(3)中のXfの具体例および好適な態様と同じである。
R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
The alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the general formula (3).
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、および、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。なかでも、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-、または、-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、または、-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
L represents a divalent linking group. When a plurality of L are present, L may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include, for example, -COO-(-C (= O) -O-), -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , An alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 15), an alkenylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 6), and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these Etc. Among them, -COO -, - CONH -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group -, or, -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, or, -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
 Wは、環状構造を有する有機基を表す。これらのなかでも、環状の有機基であるのが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、および複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式でも多環式でもよい。単環の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、および、シクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、および、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、および、アダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
W represents an organic group having a cyclic structure. Among these, cyclic organic groups are preferable.
As a cyclic organic group, an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group are mentioned, for example.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. As a monocyclic alicyclic group, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups, such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group, are mentioned, for example. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
 アリール基は、単環式でも多環式でもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、および、アントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環式でも多環式でもよい。多環の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、および、ピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環、および、デカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環およびスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン基およびスルトン基が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、または、デカヒドロイソキノリン環が好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of this aryl group include phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group, and anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycycle can suppress the diffusion of acid more. The heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. The hetero ring having no aromaticity includes, for example, tetrahydropyran ring, lactone ring, sultone ring, and decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of lactone ring and sultone ring include lactone group and sultone group exemplified in the above-mentioned resin. The heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環および多環(例えばスピロ環も含む)のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、および、スルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素原子(環形成に寄与する炭素原子)はカルボニル基を形成する炭素原子であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. As this substituent, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (including, for example, single ring and multiple ring (eg, spiro ring) is also included. And C 3-20 are preferable), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 14), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, and a thioether group. , A sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group. In addition, the carbon atom (carbon atom which contributes to ring formation) which comprises cyclic organic group may be a carbon atom which forms a carbonyl group.
 一般式(3)で表されるアニオンとしては、SO -CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-COO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CF-CH-CH-(L)q-W、または、SO -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、L、q、および、Wは、一般式(3)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 As the anion represented by the general formula (3), SO 3 -- CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 -- CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W or,, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH (CF 3 ) -OCO- (L) q'-W is preferred. Here, L, q, and W are the same as in the general formula (3). q 'represents an integer of 0 to 10;
 一態様において、一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、および、一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記の一般式(4)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 In one embodiment, Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and, Z in formula (ZI-4) - as the following The anion represented by formula (4) is also preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(4)中、
 XB1およびXB2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または、フッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。XB1およびXB2は、水素原子であるのが好ましい。
 XB3およびXB4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。XB3およびXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子またはフッ素原子を有する有機基であるのが好ましく、XB3およびXB4の両方がフッ素原子またはフッ素原子を有する有機基であるのがより好ましい。XB3およびXB4の両方が、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であるのがさらに好ましい。
 L、q、および、Wは、一般式(3)と同様である。
In general formula (4),
Each of X B1 and X B2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Each of X B3 and X B4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Is preferably at least one of X B3 and X B4 are an organic group having a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably both X B3 and X B4 are an organic group having a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、および、一般式(ZI-4)におけるZは、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状アルキル基またはシクロアルキル基によって置換された、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであるのが好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and, Z in formula (ZI-4) - is a benzenesulfonate anion It is also preferable that it is a benzenesulfonic acid anion substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、および、一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記の一般式(SA1)で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and, Z in formula (ZI-4) - The following general formula (SA1 The aromatic sulfonate anion represented by) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(SA1)中、
 Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオンおよび(D-B)基以外の置換基をさらに有していてもよい。さらに有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子およびヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
In the formula (SA1),
Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a (D-B) group. Examples of the substituent which may further have a fluorine atom and a hydroxy group.
 nは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、3がさらに好ましい。 N represents an integer of 0 or more. As n, 1 to 4 is preferable, 2 to 3 is more preferable, and 3 is more preferable.
 Dは、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン酸基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、および、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。 D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
 Bは、炭化水素基を表す。 B represents a hydrocarbon group.
 好ましくは、Dは単結合であり、Bは脂肪族炭化水素構造である。Bは、イソプロピル基またはシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 Preferably, D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably isopropyl or cyclohexyl.
 一般式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオンおよび一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、および、一般式(ZI-4)におけるZの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the anion Z in the general formula (ZI) and the general formula (ZII), Zc in the general formula (ZI-3), and Z − in the general formula (ZI-4) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 上記のカチオンおよびアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用できる。 The above-mentioned cations and anions can be optionally combined and used as a photoacid generator.
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であるのが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下がさらに好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~35質量%が好ましく、0.5~25質量%がより好ましく、3~20質量%がさらに好ましく、3~17質量%が特に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤として、上記一般式(ZI-3)または(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含む場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、5~35質量%が好ましく、7~30質量%がより好ましい。
The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer. Also, the form of the low molecular weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.
When the photoacid generator is in a form incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) described above, or may be incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A) .
A photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the photoacid generator in the composition (the total amount of the multiple types, if any) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition, 0.5 to 25% by mass Is more preferable, 3 to 20% by mass is further preferable, and 3 to 17% by mass is particularly preferable.
When the photoacid generator contains a compound represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4), the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition The total amount is preferably 5 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 7 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
<樹脂(B)>
 本発明の組成物が後述する架橋剤(G)を含む場合、本発明の組成物はフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(B)(以下、「樹脂(B)」ともいう)を含むのが好ましい。樹脂(B)は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を有するのが好ましい。
 この場合、典型的には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂(B)に担持された形態であってもよい。
 樹脂(B)は、前述した酸分解性基を有していてもよい。
<Resin (B)>
When the composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent (G) described later, the composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin (B) having a phenolic hydroxy group (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (B)”) Is preferred. The resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxy group.
In this case, typically, a negative pattern is suitably formed.
The crosslinking agent (G) may be in a form supported by the resin (B).
The resin (B) may have the acid-degradable group described above.
 樹脂(B)が有するフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As a repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxy group which resin (B) has, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(II)中、
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくはメチル基)、または、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)を表す。
 B’は、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。
 Ar’は、芳香環基を表す。
 mは1以上の整数を表す。
 樹脂(B)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物の全固形分中の樹脂(B)の含有量は、特に制限されないが一般的に30質量%以上である場合が多く、40~99質量%が好ましく、50~90質量%がより好ましく、50~85質量%がさらに好ましい。
 樹脂(B)としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0282720A1号明細書の段落<0142>~<0347>に開示された樹脂を好適に挙げられる。
In general formula (II),
R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), or a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
B 'represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar 'represents an aromatic ring group.
m represents an integer of 1 or more.
Resin (B) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the resin (B) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but generally 30% by mass or more in many cases, preferably 40 to 99% by mass, and 50 to 90% by mass Is more preferable, and 50 to 85% by mass is more preferable.
As the resin (B), resins disclosed in paragraphs <0142> to <0347> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 A1 can be suitably mentioned.
<酸拡散制御剤(D)>
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤(D)を含むのが好ましい。酸拡散制御剤(D)は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、活性光線または放射線の照射により塩基性が低下または消失する塩基性化合物(DB)、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)、または、カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。本発明の組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0627>~<0664>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0095>~<0187>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0403>~<0423>、および、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0259>~<0328>に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤(D)として好適に使用できる。
<Acid diffusion control agent (D)>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion control agent (D). The acid diffusion control agent (D) traps an acid generated from a photoacid generator or the like at the time of exposure, and acts as a quencher to suppress the reaction of the acid decomposable resin in the unexposed area by the extra generated acid. For example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or disappears upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a relatively weak acid to an acid generator, a nitrogen atom And an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part can be used as an acid diffusion control agent. In the composition of the present invention, known acid diffusion control agents can be suitably used. For example, paragraphs <0627> to <0664> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1; paragraphs <0095> to <0187> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544 A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0237190 A1 The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0403> to <0423> of the specification and paragraphs <0259> to <0328> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0274458A1 are suitable as the acid diffusion control agent (D) It can be used for
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。 The basic compound (DA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 一般式(A)および(E)中、
 R200、R201およびR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)、または、アリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205、および、R206は、同一でも異なってもよく、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。
In the general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202, which may be the same or different, each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms), or And an aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may bond to each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206, which may be the same or different, each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 一般式(A)および(E)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、または、炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 一般式(A)および(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であるのがより好ましい。
The alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may not be substituted.
As the alkyl group having a substituent, as the alkyl group having a substituent, an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
The alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) is more preferably unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、または、ピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造もしくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、ヒドロキシ基および/もしくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、または、ヒドロキシ基および/もしくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 The basic compound (DA) is preferably guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkyl morpholine or piperidine, and the like, and has an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure. More preferred are a compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxy group and / or an ether bond, or an aniline derivative having a hydroxy group and / or an ether bond.
 活性光線または放射線の照射により塩基性が低下または消失する塩基性化合物(DB)
(以下、「化合物(DB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線または放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、またはプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。
Basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
(Hereafter, it is also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group and decomposes upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to reduce the proton acceptor property, to disappear, or to protonic acid. It is a compound that changes from septic to acidic.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基または電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、または、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, and is, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or π conjugated Means a functional group having a nitrogen atom having a non-covalent electron pair that does not contribute to The nitrogen atom having a noncovalent electron pair not contributing to the π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、および、ピラジン構造等が挙げられる。 Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(DB)は、活性光線または放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下もしくは消失し、またはプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下もしくは消失、またはプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(DB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成する場合、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認できる。
The compound (DB) decomposes upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generates a compound which has been changed from the proton acceptor property to the acidity. Here, the reduction or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, specifically Means that, when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in its chemical equilibrium is reduced.
The proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement.
 活性光線または放射線の照射により化合物(DB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすのが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1を満たすのがより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3を満たすのがさらに好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <−1, more preferably −13 <pKa <−1, It is more preferable to satisfy 13 <pKa <-3.
 酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示す。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測できる。または、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数および公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 The acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined, for example, in Chemical Handbook (II) (revised 4th edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value of the acid dissociation constant pKa, the greater the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinite dilution aqueous solution. Alternatively, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values can also be obtained by calculation using the following software package 1. All the pKa values described in the present specification indicate values calculated by using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V 8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 本発明の組成物では、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。
 光酸発生剤と、光酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性または放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御ができる。
In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt (DC) that is relatively weak to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
When a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are mixed and used, the photoacid generator is irradiated with an actinic ray or radiation. When the acid generated from the acid collides with the onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, the weak acid is released by salt exchange to form an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, since the strong acid is exchanged to a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, the acid is apparently inactivated to control the acid diffusion.
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the onium salt which is relatively weak with respect to the photoacid generator, compounds represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状、もしくは、環状のアルキレン基、または、アリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を有する炭化水素基であり、Mはそれぞれ独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン、または、ヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (but carbon adjacent to S) Is a fluorine atom is not substituted), R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group, R f Is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom, and each M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオンまたはヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、一般式(ZI)で例示したスルホニウムカチオンおよび一般式(ZII)で例示したヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented as M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZII).
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物(以下、「化合物(DCA)」ともいう。)であってもよい。
 化合物(DCA)としては、下記一般式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましい。
A compound having a cation site and an anion site in the same molecule and a cation site and an anion site linked by a covalent bond (the onium salt (DC) to be a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator Hereinafter, it may be referred to as “compound (DCA)”.
The compound (DCA) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(C-1)~(C-3)中、
 R、R、および、Rは、それぞれ独立に炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。
 Lは、カチオン部位とアニオン部位とを連結する2価の連結基または単結合を表す。
 -Xは、-COO、-SO 、-SO 、および、N-Rから選択されるアニオン部位を表す。Rは、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)、および、スルフィニル基(-S(=O)-)のうち少なくとも1個を有する置換基を表す。
 R、R、R、R、およびLは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、一般式(C-3)において、R~Rのうち2個を合わせて1個の2価の置換基を表し、N原子と2重結合により結合していてもよい。
In the general formulas (C-1) to (C-3),
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking a cation site and an anion site.
-X - it is, -COO -, -SO 3 -, -SO 2 -, and, N - represents the anion moiety selected from -R 4. R 4 represents a carbonyl group (-C (= O)-), a sulfonyl group (-S (= O) 2- ), and a sulfinyl group (-S (= O) at the linking site to the adjacent N atom Represents a substituent having at least one of —).
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and L 1 may be combined with each other to form a ring structure. In General Formula (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to represent one divalent substituent, which may be bonded to an N atom by a double bond.
 R~Rにおける炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、および、アリールアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、または、アリール基である。 As a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 , an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a cycloalkylamino group A carbonyl group, and an arylamino carbonyl group etc. are mentioned. Preferably, it is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
 2価の連結基としてのLは、直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、および、これらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられ、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、または、これらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基が好ましい。 L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and the like The group etc. which combine 2 or more types are mentioned, An alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or the group formed by combining 2 or more types of these is preferable.
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)(以下、「化合物(DD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であるのが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級ヒドロキシ基、または、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基またはヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 化合物(DD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500がさらに好ましい。
 化合物(DD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表される。
The low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DD)”) has a group leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom It is preferable that it is an amine derivative which it has.
As a group leaving by the action of an acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxy group or a hemiaminal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group is more preferable. preferable.
The molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and still more preferably 100 to 500.
The compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、または、アルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、および、アラルキル基は、それぞれ独立にヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、または、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In the general formula (d-1),
Each R b independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 10), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 30), and an aralkyl group (Preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). R b may be linked to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R b are each independently functional groups such as hydroxy group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group, oxo group and the like, and alkoxy groups Or may be substituted by a halogen atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by R b .
 Rとしては、直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、または、アリール基が好ましく、直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、または、シクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 2個のRが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素、および、その誘導体等が挙げられる。
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許公報US2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0466>に開示された構造が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
As R b , a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
Alicyclic hydrocarbon, aromatic hydrocarbon, heterocyclic hydrocarbon, and its derivative etc. are mentioned as a ring which two R b mutually connects and forms.
Specific examples of the structure of the group represented by Formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph <0466> of US Patent Publication No. US 2012/0135348 A1.
 化合物(DD)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有するのが好ましい。 The compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 一般式(6)において、
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、または、アラルキル基を表す。lが2の場合、2個のRは同一でも異なっていてもよく、2個のRは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(6)において、Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、および、アラルキル基は、それぞれ独立に、Rとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、および、アラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In the general formula (6),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and l + m = 3 is satisfied.
R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two R a s may be the same or different, and two R a s may be mutually linked to form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen atom in the formula. The hetero ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
R b has the same meaning as R b in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
In the general formula (6), the alkyl group as R a, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and aralkyl group, each independently, alkyl groups as R b, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and, an aralkyl group It may be substituted by the same group as the group described above as the group which may be substituted.
 上記Rのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、および、アラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(DD)の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0475>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
Specific examples of the above-mentioned alkyl group of R a , cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group (these groups may be substituted by the above group) are the same as the specific examples described above for R b Groups are mentioned.
Specific examples of particularly preferred compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph <0475> of US Patent Application Publication 2012/0135348 A1.
 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)(以下、「化合物(DE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を有する塩基性部位を有する化合物であるのが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であるのが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であるのがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子または炭素原子であるのがさらに好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、および、ハロゲン原子等)が直結していないのが好ましい。
 化合物(DE)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2015/0309408A1号明細書の段落<0203>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
The onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic site having a nitrogen atom in the cation part. The basic moiety is preferably an amino group, more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly linked to the nitrogen atom.
Preferred specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph <0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0309408 A1.
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the acid diffusion control agent (D) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤(D)は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましい。
In the composition of this invention, an acid diffusion control agent (D) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) in the composition (the total amount of the multiple species, if any) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, 0.1 to 10 5 mass% is more preferable.
<疎水性樹脂(E)>
 本発明の組成物は、疎水性樹脂(E)を含んでいてもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(E)は、樹脂(A)および(B)とは異なる樹脂であるのが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物が、疎水性樹脂(E)を含むことにより、レジスト膜の表面における静的および/または動的な接触角を制御できる。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、および、液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されるのが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質および非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
<Hydrophobic resin (E)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E). The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin different from the resins (A) and (B).
By containing the hydrophobic resin (E), the composition of the present invention can control the static and / or dynamic contact angle on the surface of the resist film. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, and reduce immersion defects.
The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be localized on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and polar substances and nonpolar substances It does not have to contribute to uniformly mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、および、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であるのが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子および/またはケイ素原子を有する場合、疎水性樹脂(E)における上記フッ素原子および/またはケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of "fluorine atom", "silicon atom", and "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin" from the viewpoint of localization to the film surface. It is preferable that it is resin which has a repeating unit which has at least 1 sort.
When the hydrophobic resin (E) has a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, It may be contained in the chain.
 疎水性樹脂(E)がフッ素原子を有する場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、または、フッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であるのが好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (E) has a fluorine atom, it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom Is preferred.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選択される基を少なくとも1個を有するのが好ましい。
 (x)酸基
 (y)アルカリ分解性基
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
The hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
(X) Acid group (y) Alkali decomposable group (z) Group to be decomposed by the action of acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、および、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、または、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) ( (Alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, And alkylsulfonyl) methylene groups and the like.
As the acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfoneimide group or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is preferable.
 疎水性樹脂が有し得るアルカリ分解性基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、および、スルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)等が挙げられ、ラクトン基またはカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している繰り返し単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステルおよびメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。この繰り返し単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。または、この繰り返し単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤または連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkali degradable group (y) that the hydrophobic resin may have include lactone group, carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), acid anhydride group (-C (O) OC (O)-), acid Imido group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate group (-OSO 2 O-), and sulfonate group (- SO 2 O-) and the like can be mentioned, and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-) is preferable.
As a repeating unit containing these groups, it is a repeating unit which these groups are directly couple | bonded with the principal chain of resin, for example, the repeating unit etc. by acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester are mentioned, for example. In this repeating unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be introduced at the end of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
As a repeating unit which has a lactone group, the repeating unit similar to the repeating unit which has the lactone structure previously demonstrated by the term of resin (A) is mentioned, for example.
 アルカリ分解性基(y)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%がさらに好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an alkali-degradable group (y) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). 95 mol% is more preferred.
 疎水性樹脂(E)における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子およびケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%がさらに好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、さらに、上述した繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
The repeating unit which has group (z) which decomposes | disassembles by the effect | action of an acid in hydrophobic resin (E) includes the repeating unit similar to the repeating unit which has an acid degradable group mentioned by resin (A). The repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing under the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). And 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
The hydrophobic resin (E) may further have another repeating unit other than the above-described repeating unit.
 フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、30~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を有する繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、20~100モル%がより好ましい。 The repeating unit having a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 30 to 100% by mole, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Further, the repeating unit having a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 20 to 100% by mole, relative to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂(E)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を有する場合においては、疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子およびケイ素原子を実質的に含まない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂(E)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子、および、硫黄原子から選択される原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されるのが好ましい。 On the other hand, it is also preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, particularly when the hydrophobic resin (E) has a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. In addition, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially constituted only by a repeating unit constituted only by an atom selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom.
 疎水性樹脂(E)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1,000~100,000が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
 疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる残存モノマーおよび/またはオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、1~3の範囲がより好ましい。 The total content of the remaining monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. The degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
 疎水性樹脂(E)としては、公知の樹脂を、単独またはそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2015/0168830A1号明細書の段落<0451>~<0704>、および、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0340>~<0356>に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂(E)として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0177>~<0258>に開示された繰り返し単位も、疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位として好ましい。 As hydrophobic resin (E), well-known resin can be suitably selected and used as an individual or a mixture thereof. For example, known resins disclosed in paragraphs <0451> to <0704> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0168830 A1 and in paragraphs <0340> to <0356> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458 A1. Can be suitably used as the hydrophobic resin (E). In addition, repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0177> to <0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190 A1 are also preferable as repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
 疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂(E)を混合して使用するのが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましい。
Hydrophobic resin (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
It is preferable to use a mixture of two or more types of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energy, from the viewpoint of achieving both the immersion liquid followability and the development characteristics in immersion exposure.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, with respect to the total solid content in the composition of the present invention.
<溶剤(F)>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明の組成物においては、公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0665>~<0670>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0210>~<0235>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0424>~<0426>、および、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0357>~<0366>に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、および、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
<Solvent (F)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
In the composition of the present invention, known resist solvents can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs <0665> to <0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1; paragraphs <0210> to <0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1 Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0424> to <0426> of the specification and paragraphs <0357> to <0366> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0274458 A1 can be suitably used.
Examples of solvents that can be used when preparing the composition include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10), Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonates, alkyl alkoxyacetates and alkyl pyruvates.
 有機溶剤として、構造中にヒドロキシ基を有する溶剤と、ヒドロキシ基を有さない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 ヒドロキシ基を有する溶剤およびヒドロキシ基を有さない溶剤としては、前述の例示化合物を適宜選択できる。ヒドロキシ基を有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、または乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、または、乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、ヒドロキシ基を有さない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を有していてもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、または、酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、または、酢酸ブチルがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、または、2-ヘプタノンがさらに好ましい。ヒドロキシ基を有さない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。
 ヒドロキシ基を有する溶剤とヒドロキシ基を有さない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1が通常で、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。ヒドロキシ基を有さない溶剤を50質量%以上含む混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むのが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含む2種類以上の混合溶剤でもよい。
As the organic solvent, a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
As the solvent having a hydroxy group and the solvent having no hydroxy group, the above-mentioned exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected. As a solvent having a hydroxy group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is preferable. More preferable. Further, as the solvent having no hydroxy group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxy propionate, monoketone compound which may have a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxy propionate, More preferred is cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone. Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent having no hydroxy group.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxy group to the solvent having no hydroxy group is usually 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and 20/80 to 60 / 40 is more preferred. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxy group is preferred in view of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate alone or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
<架橋剤(G)>
 本発明の組成物は、酸の作用により樹脂を架橋する化合物(以下、架橋剤(G)ともいう)を含んでいてもよい。架橋剤(G)としては、公知の化合物を適宜に使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0147154A1号明細書の段落<0379>~<0431>、および、米国特許出願公開2016/0282720A1号明細書の段落<0064>~<0141>に開示された公知の化合物を架橋剤(G)として好適に使用できる。
 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂を架橋しうる架橋性基を有している化合物であり、架橋性基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、アルコキシメチルエーテル基、オキシラン環基、および、オキセタン環基等が挙げられる。
 架橋性基は、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、オキシラン環基、または、オキセタン環基であるのが好ましい。
 架橋剤(G)は、架橋性基を2個以上有する化合物(樹脂も含む)であるのが好ましい。
 架橋剤(G)は、ヒドロキシメチル基またはアルコキシメチル基を有する、フェノール誘導体、ウレア系化合物(ウレア構造を有する化合物)または、メラミン系化合物(メラミン構造を有する化合物)であるのがより好ましい。
 架橋剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 架橋剤(G)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、1~50質量%が好ましく、3~40質量%が好ましく、5~30質量%がさらに好ましい。
<Crosslinking agent (G)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a compound which crosslinks the resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinking agent (G)). A well-known compound can be used suitably as a crosslinking agent (G). For example, known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0379> to <0431> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147154 A1 and in paragraphs <0064> to <0141> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 A1. Can be suitably used as the crosslinking agent (G).
The crosslinking agent (G) is a compound having a crosslinkable group capable of crosslinking the resin, and as the crosslinkable group, a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring group And oxetane ring groups and the like.
The crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring group, or an oxetane ring group.
The crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinkable groups.
The crosslinking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, a urea compound (a compound having a urea structure), or a melamine compound (a compound having a melamine structure).
A crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the resist composition.
<界面活性剤(H)>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含む場合、フッ素系および/またはシリコン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、または、フッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)が好ましい。
<Surfactant (H)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When the surfactant is contained, a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) Is preferred.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含むことにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度および解像度で、密着性および現像欠陥の少ないパターンを得られる。
 フッ素系および/またはシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0276>に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0280>に記載の、フッ素系および/またはシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤も使用できる。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, a pattern with less adhesion and development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution.
The fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
In addition, other surfactants other than fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph <0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して10ppm以上とすることにより、疎水性樹脂(E)の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、レジスト膜の表面をより疎水的にでき、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。
These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (E) is increased. As a result, the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the ability to follow water during immersion exposure is improved.
(その他の添加剤)
 本発明の組成物は、さらに、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、または、溶解促進剤等を含んでいてもよい。
(Other additives)
The composition of the present invention may further contain an acid multiplier, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a dissolution accelerator, and the like.
<調製方法>
 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、1.0~10質量%が好ましく、2.0~5.7質量%がより好ましく、2.0~5.3質量%がさらに好ましい。固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量の質量百分率である。
<Preparation method>
The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and still more preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass. The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
 なお、本発明の組成物からなるレジスト膜の膜厚は、解像力向上の観点から、20μm以下が好ましく、15μm以下がより好ましい。レジスト膜の膜厚の下限は、20nm以上が好ましく、40nm以上がより好ましい。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性または製膜性を調整することにより、このような膜厚にできる。 The thickness of the resist film made of the composition of the present invention is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. 20 nm or more is preferable and, as for the minimum of the film thickness of a resist film, 40 nm or more is more preferable. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and adjusting the coating property or the film forming property.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下がさらに好ましい。このフィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、または、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。さらに、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。 The composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering it, and then applying it on a predetermined support (substrate). 0.1 micrometer or less is preferable, as for the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration, 0.05 micrometer or less is more preferable, and 0.03 micrometer or less is more preferable. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. In the filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in JP-A-2002-62667, cyclic filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. The composition may also be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, the composition may be subjected to a degassing treatment and the like before and after the filter filtration.
<用途>
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線または放射線の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。さらに詳しくは、本発明の組成物は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶もしくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、または、平版印刷版に関する。本発明の組成物を用いて形成されるパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、または、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用できる。
<Use>
The composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which changes its property in response to irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention can be used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, manufacture of circuit substrates such as liquid crystals or thermal heads, preparation of imprint mold structures, other photofabrication processes, or lithographic printing plates About. The pattern formed using the composition of the present invention can be used in an etching process, an ion implantation process, a bump electrode formation process, a rewiring formation process, or MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems).
〔パターン形成方法〕
 本発明は上記感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法にも関する。以下、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。また、パターン形成方法の説明と併せて、本発明のレジスト膜(感活性光線性または感放射線性膜)についても説明する。
[Pattern formation method]
The present invention also relates to a method of forming a pattern using the above actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition. Hereinafter, the pattern formation method of the present invention will be described. In addition to the description of the pattern formation method, the resist film (the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) of the present invention is also described.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (i)上述した感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を支持体上に形成する工程(成膜工程(レジスト膜形成工程))、
 (ii)上記レジスト膜を露光する(活性光線または放射線を照射する)工程(露光工程)、および、
 (iii)上記露光されたレジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、を有する。
The pattern formation method of the present invention is
(I) forming a resist film on a support using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above (film forming step (resist film forming step)),
(Ii) exposing the resist film (irradiating with an actinic ray or radiation) (exposure step), and
(Iii) developing the exposed resist film with a developer (developing step).
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記(i)~(iii)の工程を含んでいれば特に限定されず、さらに下記の工程を有していてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程における露光方法が、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の前に、(iv)前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むのが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の後、かつ、(iii)現像工程の前に、(v)露光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むのが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(iv)前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(v)露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
The pattern formation method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the above steps (i) to (iii), and may further have the following steps.
In the pattern formation method of the present invention, (ii) the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
The pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) a preheating (PB: PreBake) step before (ii) the exposure step.
The pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (v) a post exposure baking (PEB) step after (ii) the exposure step and (iii) before the development step.
The pattern formation method of the present invention may include (ii) multiple exposure steps.
The pattern formation method of the present invention may include (iv) a preheating step a plurality of times.
The pattern formation method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、上述した(i)成膜工程、(ii)露光工程、および、(iii)現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行える。
 また、必要に応じて、レジスト膜と支持体との間にレジスト下層膜(例えば、SOG(Spin On Glass)、SOC(Spin On Carbon)、および、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。レジスト下層膜を構成する材料としては、公知の有機系または無機系の材料を適宜用いられる。
 レジスト膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜用いられる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、および、国際特許出願公開第2016/157988A号明細書に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用できる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含む保護膜形成用組成物が好ましい。
 上述した疎水性樹脂を含むレジスト膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。
In the pattern formation method of the present invention, the above-described (i) film formation step, (ii) exposure step, and (iii) development step can be performed by generally known methods.
In addition, if necessary, a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and antireflective film) may be formed between the resist film and the support. As a material which comprises a resist underlayer film, a well-known organic type or inorganic type material is used suitably.
A protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film. A well-known material is suitably used as a protective film. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The composition for protective film formation disclosed by US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be suitably used. As a composition for protective film formation, the composition for protective film formation containing the acid diffusion control agent mentioned above is preferable.
A protective film may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
 支持体は、特に限定されず、IC等の半導体の製造工程または液晶もしくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程等で一般的に用いられる基板を用いられる。支持体の具体例としては、シリコン、SiO、および、SiN等の無機基板等が挙げられる。 The support is not particularly limited, and a substrate generally used in other photofabrication lithography processes or the like can be used in addition to the process of manufacturing semiconductors such as ICs or the process of manufacturing circuit substrates such as liquid crystals or thermal heads. . Specific examples of the support include silicon, SiO 2 , and inorganic substrates such as SiN.
 加熱温度は、(iv)前加熱工程および(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70~130℃が好ましく、80~120℃がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、(iv)前加熱工程および(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒がさらに好ましい。
 加熱は、露光装置および現像装置に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C. and more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and the (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure device and the developing device, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 露光工程に用いられる光源波長に制限はないが、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光(EUV)、X線、および、電子線等が挙げられる。これらのなかでも遠紫外光が好ましく、その波長は250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmがさらに好ましい。具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、または、電子線等が好ましく、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV、または、電子線がより好ましい。 The light source wavelength used in the exposure step is not limited, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams. Among these, far ultraviolet light is preferable, and its wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and still more preferably 1 to 200 nm. Specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), or, preferably electron beams, KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser , EUV or electron beam is more preferable.
 (iii)現像工程において、現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。 (Iii) In the developing step, the developing solution may be either an alkaline developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developing solution).
 アルカリ現像液としては、通常、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩が用いられるが、これ以外にも無機アルカリ、1~3級アミン、アルコールアミン、および環状アミン等のアルカリ水溶液も使用可能である。
 さらに、上記アルカリ現像液は、アルコール類および/または界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10~15である。
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像を行う時間は、通常10~300秒である。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度、pH、および現像時間は、形成するパターンに応じて、適宜調整できる。
Usually, quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide are used as the alkaline developer, but in addition to this, alkaline aqueous solutions such as inorganic alkalis, primary to tertiary amines, alcohol amines and cyclic amines are also used. It is usable.
Furthermore, the above alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohol and / or surfactant. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10-15.
The time for developing using an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds.
The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、および、炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含む現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Preferably there.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、および、プロピレンカーボネート等が挙げられる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and the like.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、および、プロピオン酸ブチル等が挙げられる。 As ester solvents, for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxy propionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl lactate, butane And butyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、および、炭化水素系溶剤としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0715>~<0718>に開示された溶剤を使用できる。 As the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, the ether solvent, and the hydrocarbon solvent, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0715> to <0718> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 A1 can be used.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤または水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満がさらに好ましく、実質的に水分を含まないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50~100質量%が好ましく、80~100質量%がより好ましく、90~100質量%がさらに好ましく、95~100質量%が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by weight, more preferably less than 20% by weight, still more preferably less than 10% by weight, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent to the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.
 現像液は、必要に応じて公知の界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。 The developer may contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant as needed.
 界面活性剤の含有量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%であり、0.005~2質量%が好ましく、0.01~0.5質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 有機系現像液は、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。 The organic developer may contain the acid diffusion control agent described above.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、または、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)等が挙げられる。 As a developing method, for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with a developer for a certain time (dip method), a method of raising the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and standing still for a certain time (paddle method) Method of spraying the developer on the surface (spray method) or method of continuing to discharge the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method) It can be mentioned.
 アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)、および、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)を組み合わせてもよい。これにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、より微細なパターンを形成できる。 The step of developing using an aqueous alkali solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined. As a result, since pattern formation can be performed without dissolving only the region of intermediate exposure intensity, a finer pattern can be formed.
 (iii)現像工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むのが好ましい。 (Iii) It is preferable to include the process (rinse process) wash | cleaned using a rinse agent after the image development process.
 アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、例えば純水を使用できる。純水は、界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。また、現像工程またはリンス工程の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液またはリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を追加してもよい。さらに、リンス処理または超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行ってもよい。 The rinse liquid used for the rinse process after the image development process using an alkaline developing solution can use a pure water, for example. The pure water may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant. In addition, after the development step or the rinse step, a process of removing the developer or rinse solution adhering on the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Furthermore, after the rinsing process or the process with the supercritical fluid, a heat treatment may be performed to remove moisture remaining in the pattern.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、および、エーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いるのが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、および、エーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したのと同様の例が挙げられる。
 この場合のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含むリンス液がより好ましい。
The rinse liquid used for the rinse process after the development process using the developing solution containing an organic solvent does not have a restriction | limiting in particular, if the pattern is not melt | dissolved, The solution containing a common organic solvent can be used. As the rinse solution, a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents is used. Is preferred.
Specific examples of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents include the same examples as those described for the developer containing an organic solvent.
As the rinse solution used in the rinse step in this case, a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
 リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、または、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられる。具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、および、メチルイソブチルカルビノールが挙げられる。炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、および、メチルイソブチルカルビノール等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. Examples of monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. Be
 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合して使用してもよい。
 有機溶剤を含む溶液をリンス液として用いる際のリンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下がさらに好ましい。含水率を10質量%以下とすることで、良好な現像特性が得られる。
A plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above.
10 mass% or less is preferable, as for the water content in the rinse liquid at the time of using the solution containing an organic solvent as a rinse liquid, 5 mass% or less is more preferable, and 3 mass% or less is more preferable. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む溶液をリンス液として用いる際のリンス液は、界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。
 この場合のリンス工程においては、有機系現像液を用いる現像を行った基板を、有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、または、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。なかでも、回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2,000~4,000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去するのが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むのも好ましい。この加熱工程によりパターン間およびパターン内部に残留した現像液およびリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程において、加熱温度は通常40~160℃であり、70~95℃が好ましく、加熱時間は通常10秒~3分であり、30~90秒が好ましい。
When using a solution containing an organic solvent as a rinse liquid, the rinse liquid may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant.
In the rinse step in this case, the substrate which has been developed using the organic developer is washed using a rinse solution containing an organic solvent. Although the method of the cleaning process is not particularly limited, for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), and immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a fixed time Examples include a method (dip method) or a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the substrate surface (spray method). Among them, it is preferable to carry out cleaning treatment by spin coating, and after cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotational speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm to remove the rinse solution from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. This heating step removes the developer and rinse solution remaining between the patterns and within the patterns. In the heating step after the rinsing step, the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., and the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
 本発明の組成物、および、本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、または、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属成分、異性体、および、残存モノマー等の不純物を含まないのが好ましい。上記の各種材料に含まれるこれらの不純物の含有量としては、1ppm以下が好ましく、100ppt以下がより好ましく、10ppt以下がさらに好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。 The composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a developer, a rinse solution, a composition for forming an antireflective film, a composition for forming a top coat, etc.) It is preferable not to contain impurities such as components, isomers, and residual monomers. The content of these impurities contained in the above-mentioned various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not including it (the detection limit of the measuring device or less) Is particularly preferred.
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下がさらに好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、または、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄して用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径および/または材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。フィルターとしては、特開2016-201426号公報に開示されるような溶出物が低減されたフィルターが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過のほか、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いられ、例えば、シリカゲルもしくはゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、または、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。金属吸着材としては、例えば、特開2016-206500号公報に開示される金属吸着材が挙げられる。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、または、装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法が挙げられる。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
As a method of removing impurities, such as a metal, from said various materials, the filtration using a filter is mentioned, for example. The pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, still more preferably 3 nm or less. As a material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon is preferable. The filter may be used by washing in advance with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, plural types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and / or different materials may be used in combination. Also, the various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step. As the filter, a filter with reduced eluate as disclosed in JP-A-2016-201426 is preferable.
In addition to filter filtration, removal of impurities by adsorbent may be performed, and filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel or zeolite, or organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used. As a metal adsorption material, the metal adsorption material indicated by JP, 2016-206500, A is mentioned, for example.
In addition, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in the above-mentioned various materials, filter filtration is performed on the materials constituting the various materials, in which the material having a small metal content is selected as the materials constituting the various materials. Alternatively, there may be mentioned a method such as distilling under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like. The preferable conditions in the filter filtration performed with respect to the raw material which comprises various materials are the same as the conditions mentioned above.
 上記の各種材料は、不純物の混入を防止するために、米国特許出願公開第2015/0227049号明細書または特開2015-123351号公報等に記載された容器に保存されるのが好ましい。 The above-mentioned various materials are preferably stored in the container described in US Patent Application Publication 2015/0227049 or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351 etc. in order to prevent the contamination of impurities.
 本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含むガスのプラズマによってパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、特開2004-235468号公報、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、または、Proc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたパターンは、例えば特開平3-270227号公報および米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。
A method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention. As a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern, for example, a method of processing the pattern by plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957 can be mentioned. In addition, JP-A-2004-235468, US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, or Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method may be applied as described in 8328 83280 N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”.
Also, the pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941.
〔電子デバイスの製造方法〕
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、および、通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。
[Method of Manufacturing Electronic Device]
The present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described above. The electronic device manufactured by the method of manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention is preferably used in electric and electronic devices (for example, home appliances, office automation (OA) related devices, media related devices, optical devices, communication devices, etc.). Will be mounted.
 以下に、実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、および、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更できる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されない。〔感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物〕 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. Materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limitedly interpreted by the examples shown below. Actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition
 以下に、実施例および比較例で試験した感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物の製造に用いた成分を記載する。 Below, the component used for manufacture of the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition tested by the Example and the comparative example is described.
<樹脂(A)>
(樹脂(A-2)の合成例)
 下記に示すスキームに基づいて、樹脂(A-2)を合成した。
<Resin (A)>
(Example of synthesis of resin (A-2))
Resin (A-2) was synthesized based on the scheme shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 水酸化ナトリウム(14.1g)と水(127g)とからなる水溶液を0℃に冷却し、撹拌しながら化合物A(株式会社日本触媒製)(50g)を添加した。この水溶液を室温(23℃)に昇温した後、さらに4時間撹拌した。その後、この水溶液を0℃に冷却し、1N HCl水溶液(500mL)を滴下した。得られた水溶液をジクロロメタン(300mL)で2回抽出し、抽出した有機相を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。乾燥後の有機相をろ過し、さらに濃縮することで、化合物Bを主成分とする粗生成物を得た。 The aqueous solution consisting of sodium hydroxide (14.1 g) and water (127 g) was cooled to 0 ° C., and Compound A (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) (50 g) was added while stirring. The aqueous solution was heated to room temperature (23 ° C.) and then stirred for 4 hours. The aqueous solution was then cooled to 0 ° C. and 1N aqueous HCl (500 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting aqueous solution was extracted twice with dichloromethane (300 mL) and the extracted organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic phase was filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude product containing compound B as a main component.
 ジメチルアセトアミド(460mL)、2,6-ジターシャリーブチル-4-メチルフェノール(50mg)、および、炭酸カリウム(48.6g)からなる混合溶液を撹拌しているところに、化合物Bを主成分とする粗生成物を滴下した。その後、混合溶液にα-ブロモ-γ-ブチロラクトン(52.8g)を滴下し、滴下終了後に混合溶液を40℃に昇温して5時間撹拌して反応させた。反応終了後、混合溶液に酢酸エチル(400mL)および水(100mL)を添加した。混合溶液を、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液(200mL)で洗浄した後に、有機相を抽出した。残った水相を酢酸エチル(200mL)で2回抽出し、有機相をさらに集めた。得られた有機相を飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液(100mL)で2回洗浄し、有機相を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。乾燥後の有機相をろ過し、さらに濃縮し、モノマーAを含む粗生成物を得た。モノマーAを含む粗生成物をシリカゲルカラムで精製して、モノマーAの高純度品(36.6g)を得た(2工程、収率:51%)。 While stirring a mixed solution consisting of dimethylacetamide (460 mL), 2,6-ditert-butyl-4-methylphenol (50 mg), and potassium carbonate (48.6 g), compound B is the main component The crude product was added dropwise. Thereafter, α-bromo-γ-butyrolactone (52.8 g) was added dropwise to the mixed solution, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the mixed solution was heated to 40 ° C. and reacted for stirring for 5 hours. After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate (400 mL) and water (100 mL) were added to the mixed solution. After washing the mixed solution with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (200 mL), the organic phase was extracted. The remaining aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (200 mL), and the organic phase was further collected. The resulting organic phase was washed twice with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (100 mL), and the organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic phase was filtered and further concentrated to obtain a crude product containing monomer A. The crude product containing monomer A was purified with a silica gel column to obtain a high purity product (36.6 g) of monomer A (2 steps, yield: 51%).
 得られたモノマーAをH-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)で測定した結果は以下のようであった。
 H-NMR、400MHz、δ((CDCl)ppm:2.30-2.40(1H、m)、2.71-2.73(1H、m)、4.01-4.10(2H、m)、4.22(2H、s)、4.33(1H、q)、4.50(1H、t)、5.21(1H、d)、5.31(1H、d)、5.50(1H、t)、5.85-6.00(1H、m)、6.02(1H、s)、6.42(1H、s)。
The results of measurement of the obtained monomer A by 1 H-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance) are as follows.
1 H-NMR, 400 MHz, δ ((CDCl 3 ) ppm: 2.30-2.40 (1H, m), 2.71-2.73 (1H, m), 4.01-4.10 (2H) , M), 4.22 (2H, s), 4.33 (1H, q), 4.50 (1H, t), 5.21 (1H, d), 5.31 (1H, d), 5 50 (1 H, t), 5.85-6.00 (1 H, m), 6.02 (1 H, s), 6.42 (1 H, s).
 シクロヘキサノン(4.95質量部)を窒素気流下で85℃に加熱した。この液に、モノマーA(2.26質量部)、上記スキームに示したモノマーB(1.96質量部)、シクロヘキサノン(9.19質量部)、および、重合開始剤AIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)(0.046質量部)の混合溶液を、撹拌しながら4時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、85℃でさらに2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のメタノール/水(質量比9:1)を用いて再沈殿処理を行った。析出した固体を、ろ取し、さらに真空乾燥することで、樹脂(A-2)(2.62質量部)を得た。 Cyclohexanone (4.95 parts by weight) was heated to 85 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. In this liquid, monomer A (2.26 parts by mass), monomer B (1.96 parts by mass) shown in the above scheme, cyclohexanone (9.19 parts by mass), and polymerization initiator AIBN (azobisisobutyro) A mixed solution of nitrile) (0.046 parts by mass) was added dropwise over 4 hours while stirring. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 85 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was allowed to cool and then reprecipitated using a large amount of methanol / water (mass ratio 9: 1). The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and further vacuum dried to obtain a resin (A-2) (2.62 parts by mass).
 同様にして、以下に示す他の樹脂(A-1)(A-3)~(A-13)、および、(A-15)~(A-20)を合成した。
 また、常法に従って樹脂(A-14)を合成した。
 なお、以下の試験では、樹脂(A-1)~(A-13)および(A-18)~(A-20)を実施例で使用し、樹脂(A-14)~(A-17)は比較例で使用した。
Similarly, other resins (A-1) (A-3) to (A-13) and (A-15) to (A-20) shown below were synthesized.
In addition, resin (A-14) was synthesized according to a conventional method.
In the following tests, resins (A-1) to (A-13) and (A-18) to (A-20) were used in the examples, and resins (A-14) to (A-17) were used. Was used in the comparative example.
 実施例および比較例で用いた樹脂(A)が有する繰り返し単位を以下に示す。
なお、各繰り返し単位の横に記載された数値は、各樹脂中における各繰り返し単位の含有量(モル%)を示す。
The repeating unit which resin (A) used by the Example and the comparative example has is shown below.
In addition, the numerical value described to the side of each repeating unit shows content (mol%) of each repeating unit in each resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 樹脂(A-1)~(A-20)の重量平均分子量(Mw)および分散度(Mw/Mn)の値を以下に示す。 The values of weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) of the resins (A-1) to (A-20) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
<光酸発生剤>
 実施例および比較例で用いた光酸発生剤(C)の構造を以下に示す。
<Photo acid generator>
The structures of the photoacid generators (C) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
<酸拡散制御剤>
 実施例および比較例で用いた酸拡散制御剤(D)の構造を以下に示す。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The structures of the acid diffusion control agents (D) used in the examples and comparative examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
<疎水性樹脂>
 実施例および比較例で用いた疎水性樹脂(E)の構造を以下に示す。
<Hydrophobic resin>
The structures of the hydrophobic resin (E) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 なお、疎水性樹脂(1b)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は7000、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.30、各繰り返し単位のモル比率は左から50/45/5である。
 疎水性樹脂(2b)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は18600、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.57、各繰り返し単位のモル比率は左から40/40/20である。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the hydrophobic resin (1b) is 7,000, the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is 1.30, and the molar ratio of each repeating unit is 50/45/5 from the left.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the hydrophobic resin (2b) is 18,600, the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is 1.57, and the molar ratio of each repeating unit is 40/40/20 from the left.
<溶剤>
 実施例および比較例で用いた溶剤(F)を下記に示す。
 SL-1: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-3: シクロヘキサノン
 SL-4: γ-ブチロラクトン
<Solvent>
The solvents (F) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-3: cyclohexanone SL-4: γ-butyrolactone
<界面活性剤>
 実施例および比較例で用いた界面活性剤(H)を以下に示す。
 W-1: PolyFox PF-6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製;フッ素系界面活性剤)
<Surfactant>
The surfactants (H) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
W-1: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorosurfactant)
〔感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製〕
 下記表2に示した各成分を固形分濃度が3.8質量%となるように混合液を調製した。この際、固形分は表2中に示した質量部比となるように配合した。
 なお、ここでいう固形分とは、溶剤(F)以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 調製後の混合液を、孔径0.1μmのポリエチレン製フィルターでろ過した。得られたろ液を、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物として、実施例および比較例で評価した。
[Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
A mixed solution was prepared so that the solid content concentration of each component shown in the following Table 2 would be 3.8% by mass. Under the present circumstances, solid content was mix | blended so that it might become a mass part ratio shown in Table 2.
In addition, solid content here means all the components other than a solvent (F).
The prepared mixture was filtered through a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 0.1 μm. The obtained filtrate was evaluated in Examples and Comparative Examples as actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions.
〔評価〕
<パターンの形成>
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜形成用組成物ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間加熱を行い、膜厚95nmの反射防止膜を形成した。得られた反射防止膜上に、実施例および比較例の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間加熱(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚85nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 得られたシリコンウエハ上のレジスト膜を、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.900、インナーシグマ0.812、XY偏向)を用いて、線幅44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。
 その後、露光後のレジスト膜を105℃で60秒間加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)した後、ネガ型現像液(有機系現像液、酢酸ブチル)を用いて30秒間パドル法で現像し、さらに、リンス液(メチルイソブチルカルビノール(MIBC))を用いて30秒間パドル法でリンスした。続いて、このシリコンウエハを4000rpmの回転数で30秒間スピン乾燥させて、線幅44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのパターンを形成した。
[Evaluation]
<Formation of pattern>
A composition ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for forming an organic antireflective film was coated on a silicon wafer and heated at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflective film with a film thickness of 95 nm. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are coated on the obtained antireflective film, heated at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds (PB: Prebake), and a resist film having a thickness of 85 nm. Formed.
Using the ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection), the resist film on the obtained silicon wafer It was exposed through a 6% halftone mask of 1: 1 line and space pattern of 44 nm line width. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
Thereafter, the resist film after exposure is heated at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds (PEB: Post Exposure Bake), and then developed by a paddle method for 30 seconds using a negative developing solution (organic developing solution, butyl acetate). A rinse solution (methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)) was used to rinse by a paddle method for 30 seconds. Subsequently, the silicon wafer was spin-dried at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to form a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 44 nm.
<ラインウィズスラフネス(LWR、nm)>
 得られた44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所社製、S-8840)を使用してパターン上部から観察した。この際、ラインパターンの長手方向のエッジ2μmの範囲について、線幅を50ポイント測定し、測定された線幅の測定ばらつきについて標準偏差(3σ)を算出した。
 値が小さいほどLWR性能が良好なパターンであることを示す。
 結果を下記表2に示す。
<Line width roughness (LWR, nm)>
The obtained 44 nm 1: 1 line-and-space pattern was observed from the top of the pattern using a scanning electron microscope (S-8840, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). Under the present circumstances, 50 points of line widths were measured about the range of edge 2 micrometer of the longitudinal direction of a line pattern, and the standard deviation (3 (sigma)) was calculated about the measurement dispersion of the measured line widths.
The smaller the value, the better the LWR performance.
The results are shown in Table 2 below.
<露光ラチチュード(EL、%)>
 線幅が44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのマスクパターンを再現する露光量を求め、これを最適露光量Eoptとした。
 次いでラインの線幅が目的の値である44nmの±10%の幅(つまり、39.6nmおよび48.4nm)となる露光量を求めた。
 得られた露光量の値を用いて、次式で定義される露光ラチチュード(EL)を算出した。
 ELの値が大きいほど、露光量変化による線幅の変化が小さく、レジスト膜のEL性能が良好であることを示す。
 EL(%)=[〔(ラインの線幅が48.4nmとなる露光量)-(ラインの線幅が39.6nmとなる露光量)〕/Eopt]×100
 結果を下記表2に示す。
<Exposure latitude (EL,%)>
An exposure dose for reproducing a 1: 1 line-and-space mask pattern having a line width of 44 nm was determined, and this was taken as the optimum exposure dose Eopt.
Next, the exposure dose was determined such that the line width of the line became the target value of ± 10% of 44 nm (that is, 39.6 nm and 48.4 nm).
The exposure latitude (EL) defined by the following equation was calculated using the obtained exposure value.
The larger the EL value, the smaller the change in line width due to the change in exposure amount, and the better the EL performance of the resist film.
EL (%) = [[(exposure at which the line width of the line becomes 48.4 nm) − (exposure at which the line width of the line becomes 39.6 nm)] / Eopt] × 100
The results are shown in Table 2 below.
<感度(mJ/cm)>
 上記露光ラチチュードの評価の中で得られた最適露光量Eoptを、各レジスト膜の感度(mJ/cm)とした。この値が小さいほど、レジスト膜の感度が優れることを示す。
 結果を下記表2に示す。
<Sensitivity (mJ / cm 2 )>
The optimum exposure amount Eopt obtained in the evaluation of the exposure latitude was taken as the sensitivity (mJ / cm 2 ) of each resist film. The smaller this value is, the better the sensitivity of the resist film is.
The results are shown in Table 2 below.
 以下の表2に、各実施例および比較例における、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物の配合、ならびに、LWRおよびELの評価結果を示す。
 表2中、各固形分の欄の括弧内の値は、固形分同士の配合量の比(質量部比)を表す。
 溶剤の欄の括弧内の値は、各溶剤の配合量の比を表す(質量比)。なお上述の通り、溶剤の全体の添加量は、各感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度が3.8質量%となる量である。
 表2中、「一般式(R)」の欄は、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)が、一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する場合において、上記繰り返し単位中における一般式(R)で表される基の有無を示す。
 表2中、「酸脱離性基」の欄は、樹脂(A)中の一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、上記一般式(R)で表される基を有する場合において、Rに相当する基における酸脱離性基の有無を示す。
 表2中、「エーテル基」の欄は、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)が、一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する場合において、上記繰り返し単位中のLまたはLで表される基おける、アルキレン基中のエーテル基の有無を示す。
 表2中、「一般式(A)×2」の欄は、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)が、一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する場合において、上記繰り返し単位中のLまたはLで表される基のアルキレン基において、一般式(A)で表される基が2つ有るか無いかを示す。
Table 2 below shows the formulation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and the evaluation results of LWR and EL in each Example and Comparative Example.
In Table 2, the value in the parenthesis of each solid content column represents the ratio (parts by mass) of the blending amount of the solid content.
The value in the parenthesis of the column of solvent represents the ratio of the blending amount of each solvent (mass ratio). As described above, the total amount of the solvent added is such that the solid content concentration of each actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is 3.8% by mass.
In Table 2, the column of “general formula (R)” is a repeating unit in which the resin (A) contained in the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition is represented by the general formula (1) or (2) And the presence or absence of a group represented by General Formula (R) in the repeating unit.
In Table 2, in the column of “acid-eliminating group”, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) in the resin (A) is a group represented by the above general formula (R) When present, it indicates the presence or absence of an acid leaving group in the group corresponding to R 5 .
In Table 2, in the column of “ether group”, when the resin (A) contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) And the presence or absence of the ether group in the alkylene group in the group represented by L 1 or L 2 in the above-mentioned repeating unit.
In Table 2, in the column “general formula (A) × 2”, the resin (A) contained in the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition is represented by the general formula (1) or (2) In the case of having a repeating unit, it indicates whether or not two groups represented by General Formula (A) are present in the alkylene group of the group represented by L 1 or L 2 in the above repeating unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 表2より、本発明の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いることで、EL性能に優れるレジスト膜およびLWR性能に優れるパターンを得られることが確認された。
 また、本発明の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)が有する一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、一般式(R)で表される基を有する場合、より優れた本発明の効果が得られることが確認された(実施例2および6~17と、他の実施例の比較)。
 一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、さらに、LまたはLがエーテル基を有するアルキレン基である場合、パターンのLWR性能がより優れる傾向が確認された(実施例2、7~8、および、11~14の結果)。
 また、一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、さらに、LまたはLが2つの一般式(A)で表される基を有するアルキレン基である場合も、パターンのLWR性能がより優れる傾向が確認された(実施例15~17の結果)。
 一般式(1)または(2)で表される繰り返し単位における一般式(R)で表される基のRに相当する基が酸脱離性基以外の基である場合、レジスト膜の感度がより優れることが確認された(実施例14および17と、他の実施例の比較)。
From Table 2, it was confirmed that a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance can be obtained by using the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition of the present invention.
Further, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) which the resin (A) contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention has is represented by the general formula (R) It was confirmed that the effect of the present invention which is superior to that of the present invention can be obtained in the case of having a group (comparison of Examples 2 and 6 to 17 with other examples).
When the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is further an alkylene group having L 1 or L 2 having an ether group, it is confirmed that the LWR performance of the pattern tends to be more excellent (Example 2, 7-8 and 11-14)).
In addition, also when the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is an alkylene group having a group represented by two general formulas (A), L 1 or L 2 may be The tendency for more excellent LWR performance was confirmed (results of Examples 15 to 17).
When the group corresponding to R 5 of the group represented by General Formula (R) in the repeating unit represented by General Formula (1) or (2) is a group other than an acid leaving group, the sensitivity of the resist film Were superior (Examples 14 and 17 and comparison with other examples).
 上記の実施例で形成したレジスト膜に対して、ArF露光を行い、露光後の膜に対してアルカリ現像を行った場合であっても、EL性能に優れるレジスト膜およびLWR性能に優れるパターンを得られることを確認した。同様に、上記の実施例で形成したレジスト膜に対して、KrF露光、電子線露光、または、EUV露光を行い、露光後の膜に対してアルカリ現像または有機溶剤現像を行った場合であっても、EL性能に優れるレジスト膜およびLWR性能に優れるパターンを得られることを確認した。 Even when the resist film formed in the above example is subjected to ArF exposure and the film after exposure is subjected to alkali development, a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance are obtained. Confirmed that Similarly, the resist film formed in the above example is subjected to KrF exposure, electron beam exposure, or EUV exposure, and the film after exposure is subjected to alkali development or organic solvent development. It was also confirmed that a resist film excellent in EL performance and a pattern excellent in LWR performance can be obtained.

Claims (12)

  1.  一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位および一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有する樹脂、ならびに、光酸発生剤を含む、感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、一般式(A)で表される基、または、前記一般式(A)で表される基以外の有機基を表し、RおよびRの少なくとも一方は前記一般式(A)で表される基を表す。Lは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。Lが表す前記アルキレン基中の炭素原子の一部は、ヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。前記置換基は、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。ただし、Lで表される基は1個以上のヘテロ原子を有する。
     なお、RおよびRの両方が前記一般式(A)で表される基であり、かつ、Lで表される基が有するヘテロ原子が1個である場合、2つの前記一般式(A)で表される基中の2つのRの少なくとも一方はヘテロ原子を有する炭化水素基を表す。
     *-C(=O)-O-R     (A)
     一般式(A)中、Rは、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基または水素原子を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
     一般式(2)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基を表す。Lは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。Lが表す前記アルキレン基中の炭素原子の一部は、ヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。前記置換基は、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい。ただし、Lで表される基は1個以上のヘテロ原子を有する。
    A resin comprising a resin having at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2), and a photoacid generator Actinic radiation sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the general formula (A), or an organic group other than the group represented by the general formula (A) And at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents a group represented by the above general formula (A). L 1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent. A part of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by L 1 may be substituted by a group having a hetero atom. The substituent may have a hetero atom. However, the group represented by L 1 has one or more hetero atoms.
    When both of R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by the above general formula (A), and the group represented by L 1 has one hetero atom, two of the above general formulas ( At least one of two R in the group represented by A) represents a hydrocarbon group having a hetero atom.
    * -C (= O) -O-R (A)
    In general formula (A), R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a hetero atom or a hydrogen atom. * Represents a bonding position.
    In General Formula (2), R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. L 2 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent. A part of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by L 2 may be substituted by a group having a hetero atom. The substituent may have a hetero atom. However, the group represented by L 2 has one or more hetero atoms.
  2.  前記樹脂の含有量が、前記感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、10質量%以上である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the content of the resin is 10% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. object.
  3.  RおよびRの少なくとも一方が有機基である、請求項1または2に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein at least one of R 3 and R 4 is an organic group.
  4.  RおよびRの少なくとも一方が一般式(R)で表される基であり、RおよびRの少なくとも一方が一般式(R)で表される基である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
     *-C(=O)-O-R     (R)
     一般式(R)中、Rは、水素原子、アルカリ分解性基、または、酸脱離性基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    4. The method according to claim 1, wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a group represented by general formula (R), and at least one of R 3 and R 4 is a group represented by general formula (R). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
    * -C (= O) -O-R 5 (R)
    In general formula (R), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkali-degradable group, or an acid-leaving group. * Represents a bonding position.
  5.  Rが、アルカリ分解性基を表す、請求項4に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。 R 5 is representative of the alkali-decomposable group, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of claim 4.
  6.  Lが、置換基を有していてもよい、エーテル基を有するアルキレン基、または、前記一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有するアルキレン基であり、
     Lが、置換基を有していてもよい、エーテル基を有するアルキレン基、または、前記一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有するアルキレン基である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    L 1 is an alkylene group having an ether group which may have a substituent, or an alkylene group having two groups represented by the general formula (A),
    The L 2 is an alkylene group having an ether group which may have a substituent, or an alkylene group having two groups represented by the general formula (A). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of the preceding items.
  7.  RおよびRが、前記一般式(R)で表される基で、かつ、Lが、前記一般式(A)で表される基を2つ有する基である、請求項4に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The group according to claim 4, wherein R 1 and R 2 are a group represented by the general formula (R), and L 1 is a group having two groups represented by the general formula (A). Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition.
  8.  前記樹脂が、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位をさらに有する、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(3)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~20の有機基を表す。Lは、置換基を有していてもよい2価の連結基を表す。Xは、酸脱離性基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the resin further has a repeating unit represented by the general formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the general formula (3), R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. L 3 represents a divalent linking group which may have a substituent. X represents an acid leaving group.
  9.  前記樹脂が、ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位、ならびに、酸分解性基および極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位をさらに有する、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物。 9. The resin according to claim 1, further comprising at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units having a lactone group, and repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
  10.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性または感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
     露光された前記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法。
    A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9;
    An exposure step of exposing the resist film;
    And developing the exposed resist film with a developer.
  12.  請求項11に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method of manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern formation method according to claim 11.
PCT/JP2018/025786 2017-07-31 2018-07-06 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device WO2019026549A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019534003A JP7053625B2 (en) 2017-07-31 2018-07-06 Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-147971 2017-07-31
JP2017147971 2017-07-31
JP2017-191187 2017-09-29
JP2017191187 2017-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019026549A1 true WO2019026549A1 (en) 2019-02-07

Family

ID=65233435

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/025786 WO2019026549A1 (en) 2017-07-31 2018-07-06 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7053625B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019026549A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021111913A1 (en) * 2019-12-04 2021-06-10 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer, and compound
WO2021111912A1 (en) * 2019-12-04 2021-06-10 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer, and compound
EP4067999A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-10-05 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Negative photosensitive resin composition, patterning process, method for forming cured film, interlayer insulation film, surface protective film, and electronic component
US20220315676A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-10-06 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Positive photosensitive resin composition, positive photosensitive dry film, method for producing positive photosensitive dry film, patterning process, method for forming cured film, interlayer insulation film, surface protective film, and electronic component

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000241976A (en) * 1999-02-22 2000-09-08 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd (co)polymer for resist and resist composition using same
JP2016098350A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-05-30 住友化学株式会社 Compound, resin, resist composition, and production method of resist pattern
JP2017156592A (en) * 2016-03-02 2017-09-07 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and resist pattern forming method

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6069021B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2017-01-25 株式会社日本触媒 Curable resin composition for plastic substrate and use thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000241976A (en) * 1999-02-22 2000-09-08 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd (co)polymer for resist and resist composition using same
JP2016098350A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-05-30 住友化学株式会社 Compound, resin, resist composition, and production method of resist pattern
JP2017156592A (en) * 2016-03-02 2017-09-07 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and resist pattern forming method

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021111913A1 (en) * 2019-12-04 2021-06-10 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer, and compound
WO2021111912A1 (en) * 2019-12-04 2021-06-10 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer, and compound
EP4067999A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-10-05 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Negative photosensitive resin composition, patterning process, method for forming cured film, interlayer insulation film, surface protective film, and electronic component
US20220317570A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-10-06 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Negative photosensitive resin composition, patterning process, method for forming cured film, interlayer insulation film, surface protective film, and electronic component
US20220315676A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-10-06 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Positive photosensitive resin composition, positive photosensitive dry film, method for producing positive photosensitive dry film, patterning process, method for forming cured film, interlayer insulation film, surface protective film, and electronic component
EP4063954A3 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-10-19 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Positive photosensitive resin composition, positive photosensitive dry film, method for producing positive photosensitive dry film, patterning process, method for forming cured film, interlayer insulation film, surface protective film, and electronic component

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019026549A1 (en) 2020-07-27
TW201910918A (en) 2019-03-16
JP7053625B2 (en) 2022-04-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020066824A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6818600B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
WO2019054311A1 (en) Active light ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP7053625B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2019044270A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing solid-state imaging element
JP6727402B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP2023082000A (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2018180070A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JP7097873B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
WO2019167737A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2019130866A1 (en) Active ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
WO2019064961A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP2023090803A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019187632A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polyester
JP7124094B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
JP7015295B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
WO2020105523A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2020129476A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TWI833701B (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic component
JP7178487B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition production method, pattern formation method, electronic device production method
JP7301123B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition production method, pattern formation method, electronic device production method
JP6967661B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
WO2019188455A1 (en) Actinic-ray-responsive or radiation-responsive resin composition, actinic-ray-responsive or radiation-responsive film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polyester

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18841148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019534003

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18841148

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1